Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

to use many words

  • 1 Words

       Words are but the images of matter... to fall in love with them is all one as to fall in love with a picture. (Bacon, 1878, p. 120)
       Chamberlin, Tracy, Dewey, Binet and others have shown that the child's symbols are action-words, i.e., their content is action. There is also practically universal agreement on the fact that the first symbols of the child are in reality word-sentences designating action and object or subject, or all three at once. (Markey, 1928, p. 50)
       The child can very readily learn at the age of three that "right" and "left" each refers to a side of the body-but ah me, which one?... What is set up first is a conceptual organization. By the age of six the word "right" clearly and immediately means sidedness to the child. A considerable conceptual elaboration has already occurred, and the stimulus effectively arouses that structure; but it arouses no prompt, specific response.... With such facts, it becomes nonsense to explain man's conceptual development as exclusively consisting of verbal associations. (Hebb, 1949, p. 118)
       The use of language is not confined to its being the medium through which we communicate ideas to one another.... Words are the instrument by which we form all our abstractions, by which we fashion and embody our ideas, and by which we are enabled to glide along a series of premises and conclusions with a rapidity so great as to leave in memory no trace of the successive steps of this process; and we remain unconscious of how much we owe to this. (Roget, quoted in Minsky, 1986, p. 197)
       Any attempt at a philosophical arrangement under categories of the words of our language must reveal the fact that it is impossible to separate and circumscribe the several groups by absolutely distinct boundaries. Were we to disengage their interwoven ramifications, and seek to confine every word to its main or original meaning, we should find some secondary meaning has become so firmly associated with many words and phrases, that to sever the alliance would be to deprive our language of the richness due to an infinity of natural adaptations. (Roget, quoted in Minsky, 1986, p. 206)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Words

  • 2 MÆLA

    * * *
    I)
    (-ta, -tr), v.
    1) to speak, with acc. and absol. (Flosi mælti ekki orð á meðan);
    mæla mörgum orðum, to use many words;
    mæla e-n orðum, to address one;
    mæla æðru, to express fear, despondency;
    mæla lög, to speak law, have law on one’s side in pleading;
    mæla málum, to plead a cause;
    mæla mælt mál, to speak what others say;
    2) to stipulate, appoint, settle (var svá mælt, at S. jarl skyldi koma til Dyflinnar);
    mæla mót með sér, to fix an interview;
    mæla sér e-t, to claim for oneself (ef þú vilt þér mæla man);
    3) with preps.:
    mæla aptr, to retract (one’s words);
    mæla á máli, to speak a language (mæla á Írsku);
    mæla eptir e-n, to take up the prosecution in the case of a slain man (þú átt eptir hraustan mann at mæla);
    mæla eptir e-m, to take one’s part;
    mæla fyrir, to order, prescribe (sagði Jófríðr honum, ar barnit er út borit, sem hann hafði fyrir mælt);
    mæla fyrir e-u, to claim;
    allt þat silfr, er hann mælti fyrir, which he had bargained for;
    mæla fyrir griðum, to declare a truce (by using the proper formula);
    mæla vel fyrir e-m, to express a wish for a person’s good fortune (G. gaf sveininum gullsylgju ok mælti vel fyrir honum);
    mæla fyrir minni, to propose a toast;
    mæla í móti e-u, to gainsay, oppose, object to (allir heiðnir menn mæltu í móti);
    mæla til e-s, to speak to one;
    hón mælti til hans djarfliga, she spoke up to him boldly;
    to speak of one (Gunnar hafði aldri illa mælt til Njálssona);
    mæla til e-s, to express a wish for a thing (þeir mæltu til vináttu með sér at skilnaði);
    mæla til friðar, to sue for peace;
    mæla e-t til e-s, to claim, call for as payment (þeir fóru lengi undan ok mæltu til fé mikit at lyktum);
    mæla um e-t, to say about a thing (G. spurði, hvat hann mælti um hrossin);
    to utter, say solemnly (þat læt ek verða um mælt, at);
    mæla e-n undan e-u, to beg one off from (mæla e-n undan dauða);
    mæla við e-n, to speak to (G. mælti við Ögmund: fylg þú þeim til húsa minna);
    mæla við e-u, to gainsay, refuse;
    4) refl., mælast.
    (-da, -dr), v. to measure.
    * * *
    1.
    t, [Ulf. maþlian = λαλειν; A. S. mæðlan, madelian; Germ. melden by way of metathesis; Old Engl. mele; the Dan. mæle as well as the Icel. are contracted forms, cp. nál from nadal]:—to speak, with acc. and absol.; mæli þarft eðr þegi, Hm. 18; mæla staðlausa stafi, id.; hví þegið ér, svá at mæla né meguð, Ls.; margir menn mæltu ílla við Skamkel, Nj. 80; eigi munt þú þat vilja mæla, 85; Gizurr hvíti (Njáll), … mælti, 90, 91, 220, 228; stafnbúar mæltu, at hann skyldi mæla allra hötðingja heilastr, Fms. vii. 290; mæl þú allra drengja heilastr, viii. 97; þat þætti mér mælanda (gerund.), that is a remarkable speech, Fb. ii. 196; mæla mörgum orðum, to use many words, Hm. 104; mæla þessum orðum, to use these words, Hkr. ii. 78; mæla e-n orðum, to address, Vþm. 4; mæla í hug sér, to speak to oneself, 623. 54; mæla máli, to speak a language; hann mælti allstaðar þeirra máli sem hann væri allstaðar þar barnfæddr sem þá kom hann, Bs. i. 80.
    2. special usages; mæla áljót, to speak a libel, Grág. ii. 146; mæla æðru, to express fear, despondency, despair, Nj. 199; mæla tál, hégóma, to tell tales, falsehoods, 258; mæla lög, to speak law, to have the law on one’s side in pleading, Fms. vii. 142; mæla ljóst, to speak out, Nj. 102; mæla í mútur, to speak with reserve (see múta); hafa réttara at mæla, to speak true, have right on one’s side, Fms. iii. 22; mæla lögskil or lögskilum, to speak or perform public duties in court or in the assembly, Nj. 3, Ísl. ii. 255; mæia helgi e-s, to pronounce the inviolability of, Grág. i. 92; mæla nálum, to plead a cause, 2; en er höfðingjar höfðu þar mælt þeim málum sem þar stóðu lög til, Ld. 32; mæla e-s máli, Grág. i. 198; mæla mælt mál, to say what all the world says, Gísl. 11, Stj. 463: mod. to say a plain word, speak plainly; bréf harðlega mælt, worded, Bs. i. 554, Fms. ix. 389.
    II. to stipulate; mæla e-t með sér, to fix, stipulate, appoint: fundusk þeir, sem mælt hafði verit með þeim, Nj. 256; mæla mót með sér, to fix an interview, Eg. 564; mæla sér man, to fix an interview with her, Hm. 97:—mæla sér e-t, to stipulate, bargain for; vér höfum fund várn mæltan ár hvert hér í Gula, N. G. L. i. 4; ek hefka fé mælt mér í dóm þenna ok monka ek mæla, Grág. i. 79; slíkan stað ok máldaga sem þeir áttu sér mæltan, 154; þeir mæltu til fé mikit at lyktum, Nj. 99; mælti hann þat til at eiga dóttur hans, 271; en hón mælti þat til við konung, at hann skyldi vinna allan Noreg, Fms. x. 181; hvat er til mælt, Fs. 92; ek mæli til kaupa við þik, Nj. 3; þeir mæltu til vináttu með sér at skilnaði, Eg. 691; þeir mæla til bardaga með sér um morguninn, Fb. i, 142; hygg þú at því vandliga at þú mæl til hvers-vetna ílla þess er þú beiðir hann, Fms. xi. 58; hús þau er til skaða-bóta eru mælt, for which compensation has been stipulated, Grág. i. 459; mæla til friðar, to sue for peace, Fas. ii. 121 (frið-mælask).
    III. with prepp.; mæla á máli, to speak in a language; mæla á Irsku, Ld. 76:—mæla aptr, to retract, Sturl. i. 46:—mæla eptir e-m, to take one’s part, excuse him, Nj. 26, 53, Fms. vii. 120: to request, demand, ix. 52: but mæla eptir e-n, with acc., to lead the prosecution (eplir-mál) in the case of a slain man, Grág., Nj., Sagas passim:—mæla fyrir, to order, prescribe; sem biskup mælir fyrir, Grág. i. 377; sem Þórðr mælti fyrir, Ld. 44; allt þat silfr er hann mælti fyrir, which he had bargained, Fær. 6; þat bréf er konungr mælti svá fyrir, at …, Fms. ix. 447: to declare, Nj. 15: to cite a formulary, preamble, or the like, mæla fyrir skipi, to say the prayer when a ship first puts to sea; gékk Þorvaldr til siglu ok mælti fyrir skipi eptir sið, Bs. i. 774; thus, mæla fyrir griðum, to declare a truce, by using the proper formulary, Fms. ix. 53, Nj. 106; mæla fyrir minni, to propose a toast, Fms. i. 35:—mæla móti, to gainsay, speak against, Eg. 72, Nj. 129, 158, Fms. vii. 290:—mæla til e-s, see above:—mæla um e-t, to speak about a thing, Hom. 157; konungr varð styggr ok mælti um nokkurum orðum, Eg. 16: to use an expression, utter (in an emphatic sense), of spells or the like, mikit hefir Jökull um mælt, svá at mér er þat eigi þolanda, Fs. 54; læt ek þat um mælt, at þú munt …, Ísl. ii. 197, v. l.; þar mynda ek hafa gefit þér upp eina sök, ef ek hefða eigi svá mikit um mælt, Hrafn. 8; svá fór sem vér gátum at mikil-mannliga mundi verða um mælt af þinni hendi, Fms. xi. 111; læt ek þat verða um mælt (of a spell) at þú verðir at enni ljótustu trollkonu, Fas. ii. 152: cp. mæli eg um og legg eg aá in mod. tales of witches saying their spell:—mæla við e-n, to speak to a person, address, Nj. 3, Eg. 92, passim; mæla við e-u, to gainsay, Edda 39, Fms. vii. 123, Þiðr. 253, Hkr. ii. 198:—compds, á-mæla, to blame; for-mæla, to accuse; hall-mæla, to blame:—impers., mælir svá, it is said, Hom. 155.
    IV. reflex. to speak, express oneself, esp. with prepp.; mælask fyrir, to ejaculate, say one’s say; finnrinn mæltisk innan fyrir, og sagði svá, he spoke from the inner part of the house. Fms. x. 262; hví þú, Gangráðr, mælisk af gólfi fyrir? Vþm. 9; hann biðsk fyrir ok mælisk nú fyrir sem honum þótti vænligast, Fms. xi. 134; Finnr andaðisk ór sótt þeirri ok mæltisk áðr vel fyrir, ii. 164; mælask vel, ílla fyrir, to be well (ill) spoken of, to make a good (bad) impression; görum vit góða hans ferð, hann hefir mikils misst, þat mun vel fyrir mælask, Nj. 29; víg Gunnars spurðisk, ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, 117; mæltisk kvæðit vel fyrir, Fms. vii. 113; ílla mun þat fyrir mælask, at ganga ásættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238:—mælask undan, to excuse oneself, decline, Fms. ix. 227, Fb. i. 100:—mælask um, to utter, express; eigu vér þvi at vera úkvíðnir ok mælask eigi ílla um, Fms. xi. 389.
    2. recipr., mælask við, to speak to one another, converse; ekki mæltusk þeir fleira þann dag við, Fms. vii. 127; mun hvat við höfum við mælsk, Nj. 111; ok munu vit þess þurfa at muna þat, at vit höfum vel við mælsk, 54; mælask ílla við, to bandy words, N. G. L. i. 333; mælask við einn saman, to talk to oneself ( soliloquize), Stj. 617; Þorvaldr mæltisk mjök einn við á Þinginu, því at engir gengu í berhögg við hann, i. e. Th. had alone the word, for none in the parliament opposed him, Sturl. ii. 61.
    3. impers., e-m mælisk vel, to speak well; skal eigi marka reiðs manns mál, kann vera at okkr mælisk betr annat sinn, Sturl. ii. 178: to make a good speech, sögðu menn at honum mæltisk vel, Nj. 87; at lögbergi var görr mikill rómr, at Merði mæltisk vel ok sköruliga, 230.
    4. part. mæltr (q. v.), spoken.
    2.
    d, [mál], to measure, Clem. 33, Sks. 629, Grág. i. 462, Fms. ii. 230, K. Á. 206, N. G. L. i. 323, passim.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > MÆLA

  • 3 μακρολογέω

    A speak at length, use many words, Pl.Grg. 465b, Tht. 163d, Isoc.3.63, Arist.Rh.Al. 1440b36, etc.;

    περί τινος Hp.Art.43

    ;

    τὰ ῥηθέντα τί ἄν τις -λογοίη X.HG4.1.13

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μακρολογέω

  • 4 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 5 HAFA

    * * *
    (hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.
    1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);
    hafa elda, to keep up a five;
    2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);
    3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);
    4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);
    orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;
    hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;
    hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;
    hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;
    hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;
    hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;
    5) to have, hold, maintain;
    hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;
    hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;
    hafa heilindi, to have good health;
    6) to bring, carry;
    hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;
    hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;
    hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;
    7) to take, carry off;
    troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;
    8) to get, gain, win;
    hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;
    hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;
    hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;
    hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;
    hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;
    hafa tafl, to win the game;
    hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;
    hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;
    hafa sigr, to be worsted;
    hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;
    hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;
    hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;
    with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);
    ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;
    9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);
    hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;
    hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;
    10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;
    hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;
    hafa sik vel, to behave;
    11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;
    lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;
    12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);
    hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;
    nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;
    svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;
    ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;
    13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;
    hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;
    ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;
    later with indecl. neut. pp.;
    hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;
    14) with preps.:
    hafa e-t at, to do, act;
    hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;
    absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;
    hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);
    hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;
    hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;
    hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;
    hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;
    hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;
    hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;
    var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;
    hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);
    ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;
    hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;
    eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;
    hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;
    hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;
    hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;
    höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;
    hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);
    hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;
    vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;
    hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;
    hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;
    orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;
    keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;
    hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;
    hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);
    Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;
    hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;
    hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;
    hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;
    hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;
    hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);
    hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;
    hafa sik við, to exert oneself;
    hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;
    hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;
    hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;
    haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;
    haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;
    15) refl., hafast.
    * * *
    pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.
    A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.
    II. to hold:
    1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.
    2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.
    3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.
    4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.
    5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.
    6. with prepp. or infin.,
    α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.
    β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.
    III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.
    2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.
    IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.
    2. with prepp.:
    α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.
    β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)
    γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.
    B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:
    I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.
    II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.
    III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.
    2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.
    3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.
    4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.
    IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:
    1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.
    2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.
    V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.
    C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.
    2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.
    D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:
    I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,
    α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.
    β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.
    γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.
    II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.
    III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.
    E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:
    I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).
    2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.
    II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.
    2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.
    β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.
    F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.
    β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.
    2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.
    3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.
    4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.
    II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)
    G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:
    I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:
    1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).
    2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).
    β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?
    II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:
    1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.
    2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.
    3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.
    4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.
    ☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that
    α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.
    β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.
    γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

  • 6 λόγος

    λόγος, ου, ὁ (verbal noun of λέγω in the sense ‘pick’; Hom.+).
    a communication whereby the mind finds expression, word
    of utterance, chiefly oral.
    α. as expression, word (oratorical ability plus exceptional performance were distinguishing marks in Hellenic society, hence the frequent association of λ. and ἔργον ‘deed’; a sim. formulation as early as Il. 9, 443 μύθων τε ῥητῆρʼ ἔμεναι πρηκτῆρά τε ἔργων; Polystrat. p. 33 μὴ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλʼ ἔργω; Just., A II, 4, 2 ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ and D. 35, 7 λόγον ἢ πρᾶξιν) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ κ. λόγῳ, i.e. an exceptional personage Lk 24:19; pl. of Moses Ac 7:22 (the contrast expressed w. a verb Choix 20, 6–8 ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν ὄτι δύναται καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ of Apollordorus, a benefactor in Cyzicus, a flourishing city in Phrygia; sim. New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 8f πολιτευόμενος … λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ; cp. IKourion 32, 8; without contrast Diod S 13, 101, 3 ἄνδρας λόγῳ δυνατούς; for sim. constructions using λέγω and πράσσω s. Danker, Benefactor 339–43). Cp. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; Col 3:17; 2 Th 2:17; Hb 13:21 v.l.; 1J 3:18 (cp. Theognis 1, 87f Diehl3 μή μʼ ἔπεσιν μὲν στέργε κτλ.—For the contrast λόγῳ … ἀληθείᾳ cp. Diod S 13, 4, 1). In contrast to a sinful deed we also have the λόγος ἁμαρτίας sinful word Judaicon 172, 9. W. γνῶσις: ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ κ. πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5. ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει 2 Cor 11:6. (Opp. δύναμις ‘revelation of power’) 1 Cor 4:19, 20. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον οὐκ ἐγενήθη ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Th 1:5 (cp. Ar. 13, 7 of mythical accounts οὐδέν εἰσιν εἰ μὴ μόνον λόγοι ‘they’re nothing but words’). W. ἐπιστολή: 2 Th 2:2, 15. W. ἀναστροφή: 1 Ti 4:12; 1 Pt 3:1b. Opp. ‘be silent’: IRo 2:1.—μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ just say the word Mt 8:8; cp. Lk 7:7 (Ath. 17, 1 ὡς λόγῳ εἰπεῖν; 29, 2; Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1 λόγῳ λέγειν; cp. schol. on Pla. 341a ἐν λόγῳ μόνον εἰπεῖν). οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον no one was able to answer him a (single) word Mt 22:46; cp. 15:23 (cp. TestAbr A 16 p. 98, 11 [Stone p. 44] οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λόγον).— The (mighty) word (of one who performs miracles) ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Mt 8:16 (a rare use of λ. as ‘single utterance’, s. L-S-J-M s.v. VII).—διὰ λόγου by word of mouth (opp. ‘by letter’) Ac 15:27.—In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου (v.l. λόγον) ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν, may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cp. λόγου ἄξιον [ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’; s. Conzelmann ad loc.).
    β. The expression may take on a variety of formulations or topical nuances: what you say Mt 5:37; statement (PGM 4, 334) Lk 20:20; question (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 295; 9, 133; Diog. L. 2, 116) ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον I will ask you a question (cp. TestJob 36:5; GrBar 5:1; ApcSed 13:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 99) Mt 21:24; cp. Mk 11:29; Lk 20:3; prayer (PGM 1, 25; 4, 90; 179; 230 al.; 5, 180; 196 al.) Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39. ἡγούμενος τοῦ λ. principal speaker Ac 14:12. W. epexeget. gen. λ. παρακλήσεως 13:15. W. κήρυγμα our manner of presentation and our proclamation 1 Cor 2:4a (but s. comm.). (W. διδασκαλία) preaching 1 Ti 5:17; prophecy (Biogr. p. 364 [Pythia]) J 2:22; 18:32. Command (Aeschyl., Pers. 363) Lk 4:36; 2 Pt 3:5, 7; via a letter 2 Th 3:14. Report, story (X., An. 1, 4, 7; Diod S 3, 40, 9; 19, 110, 1 λ. διαδιδόναι=spread a report; Appian, Iber. 80 §346, Maced. 4 §1 [both=rumor]; Diod S 32, 15, 3 ἦλθεν ὁ λ. ἐπί τινα=the report came to someone; Arrian, Anab. 7, 22, 1 λόγος λέγεται τοιόσδε=a story is told like this, Ind. 9, 2; Diod S 3, 18, 3 λ.=story, account; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Tat. 27, 2 τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέα λόγου) Mt 28:15; Mk 1:45; Lk 5:15 (λ. περί τινος as X., An. 6, 6, 13; Jos., Ant. 19, 127) 7:17; J 21:23. ἠκούσθη ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τ. ἐκκλησίας the report came to the ears of the assembly in Jerusalem Ac 11:22. λόγον ἔχειν σοφίας have the appearance of wisdom, pass for wisdom Col 2:23 (cp. Pla., Epinomis 987b ἔχει λόγον; Demosth., C. Lept. 462 [20, 18] λόγον τινʼ ἔχον; but mng. 2f is possible). Proverb (Pla., Phdr. 17, 240c, Symp. 18, 195b, Gorg. 54, 499c, Leg. 6, 5, 757a; Socrat., Ep. 22, 1) J 4:37 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 13, 7 ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ὁ λ. foll. by a proverb). Proclamation, instruction, teaching, message Lk 4:32; 10:39; J 4:41; 17:20; Ac 2:41; 4:4; 10:44; 20:7; 1 Cor 1:17; 2:1. In Ac18:15 ζητήματα περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου the sense appears to be someth. like this: controversial issues involving disputes about words and your way of life with λ. prob. referring to the presentation of controversial subjects, which in turn arouses heated ζητήματα debates. λόγος σοφίας proclamation of wisdom, speaking wisely 1 Cor 12:8a (Ps.-Phoc. 129 τῆς θεοπνεύστου σοφίης λ.); corresp. λ. γνώσεως vs. 8b. Cp. 14:9; 15:2; 2 Cor 1:18; 6:7; 10:10. λ. μαρτυρίας word of witness Rv 12:11. ὁ κατὰ τ. διδαχὴν πιστὸς λ. the message of faith, corresponding to the teaching Tit 1:9; the opp. 2 Ti 2:17. A speech (Aristot. p. 14b, 2; Diod S 40, 5a) διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ in a long speech Ac 15:32; cp. 20:2. λ. κολακείας flattering speech 1 Th 2:5. Speaking gener. 2 Cor 8:7; Eph 6:19; Col 4:6; D 2:5. ἐν λόγῳ πταίειν make a mistake in what one says Js 3:2.—Of God’s word, command, commission (LXX; ParJer 5:19 κατηχῆσαι αὐτοὺς τὸν λόγον; SyrBar 13:2; ApcSed 14:10; Just., D. 84, 2; Ael. Aristid. hears a ἱερὸς λ. at night fr. a god: 28, 116 K.=49, p. 529 D.; Sextus 24) ἠκυρώσατε τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6 (v.l. νόμον, ἐντολήν); cp. Mk 7:13.—J 5:38; 8:55; 10:35; Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). Of God’s promise Ro 9:6, 9 (but these two vss., and Gal 5:14 below, prob. fit better under 2a), 28 (Is 10:22f). Cp. Hb 2:2; 4:2 (s. ἀκοή 4b); 7:28; 12:19. For B 15:1 see 1aδ. The whole law (as the expr. εἴ τι ἑτέρα ἐντολή indicates not limited to a narrow list of commandments), acc. to Ro 13:9. In what is prob. a play on words (s. 2a and b), Gal 5:14 (s. 2a below) is summed up in the λόγος as expressed in Lev 19:18.—That which God has created ἁγιάζεται διὰ λόγου θεοῦ 1 Ti 4:5; in line w. the context, this hardly refers to God’s creative word (so SibOr 3, 20; PtK 2; πάντα γὰρ λόγῳ ποιήσας ὁ θεός Theoph. Ant. 2, 18 [144, 8]), but to table prayers which use biblical expressions. The divine word as judge of thoughts Hb 4:12. τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 17:17; cp. 19:9.—Of the divine revelation through Christ and his messengers (Just., A I, 61, 9 λόγον … παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐμάθομεν τοῦτον) θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν τὸν λ. αὐτοῦ ἐν κηρύγματι Tit 1:3. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λ. σου J 17:14; cp. vss. 6, 17; 1J 1:10; 2:14. ἵνα μὴ ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται Tit 2:5. The apostles and other preachers, w. ref. to the λόγος of God, are said to: λαλεῖν Ac 4:29, 31; 13:46; Phil 1:14; Hb 13:7; καταγγέλλειν Ac 13:5; 17:13; διδάσκειν 18:11; μαρτυρεῖν Rv 1:2. Of their hearers it is said: τὸν λ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούειν Ac 13:7; δέχεσθαι 8:14; 11:1. Of the λ. τοῦ θεοῦ itself we read: ηὔξανεν Ac 6:7; 12:24; 19:20; οὐ δέδεται 2 Ti 2:9. In these places and many others ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ is simply the Christian message, the gospel: Lk 5:1; 8:11, 21; 11:28 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 1, 20 μὴ μόνον ἀκουόντων ἀλλὰ πασχόντων καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων=let the message have its effect on oneself); Ac 6:2 (s. καταλείπω 7c; for prob. commercial metaph. s. 2a below); 13:44 v.l. (for κυρίου); 16:32 v.l.; 1 Cor 14:36; 2 Cor 2:17; 4:2; Col 1:25; 1 Pt 1:23; Rv 1:9; 6:9; 20:4; IPhld 11:1. Cp. 1 Th 2:13ab; 1J 2:5.—Since this ‘divine word’ is brought to humanity through Christ, his word can be used in the same sense: ὁ λόγος μου J 5:24; cp. 8:31, 37, 43, 51f; 12:48; 14:23f; 15:3, 20b; Rv 3:8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Col 3:16; cp. Hb 6:1. ὁ λ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 8:25; 12:24 v.l.; 13:44, 48f; 14:25 v.l.; 15:35, 36; 16:32 (cp. λ. θεοῦ); 19:10; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:1. Pl. Mk 8:38 (Lk 9:26); 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Lk 24:44; s. also 1aδ.—Or it is called simply ὁ λόγος=the ‘Word’, for no misunderstanding would be possible among Christians: Mt 13:20–23; Mk 2:2; 4:14–20, 33; 8:32 (s. 1aε below); 16:20; Lk 1:2; 8:12f, 15; Ac 6:4; 8:4; 10:36 (on the syntax s. FNeirynck, ETL 60, ’84, 118–23); 11:19; 14:25 (cp. λ. κυρίου above); 16:6; 17:11; 18:5; Gal 6:6; Phil 1:14; Col 4:3; 1 Th 1:6; 2 Ti 4:2; Js 1:21ff; 1 Pt 2:8; 3:1; 1J 2:7; AcPl Ha 7, 6 (so also Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 2, 3).—Somet. the ‘Word’ is more closely defined by a gen.: ὁ λ. τῆς βασιλείας the word of the reign/rule (of God) Mt 13:19. τῆς σωτηρίας Ac 13:26. τῆς καταλλαγῆς 2 Cor 5:19. τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. δικαιοσύνης (q.v. 3a) Hb 5:13. ζωῆς Phil 2:16. (τῆς) ἀληθείας (Theoph. Ant. 3, 4 [p. 212, 2]; cp. περὶ ἀληθείας Hippol., Ref. 10, 6, 1) Eph 1:13; Col 1:5; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18; AcPl Ha 8, 8 (Just., D. 121, 2). τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) Ac 14:3; 20:32. (Differently the pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. χάριτος gracious words Lk 4:22; cp. Marcellinus, Vi. Thu. 57 Hude λόγοι εἰρωνείας.) ὁ λ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ac 15:7; ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λ. MPol 10:1. In Rv 3:10 the gospel is described by the ‘One who has the key of David’ as ὁ λ. τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου my word of endurance (W-S. §30, 12c). λ. τῶν ὑ[πο]μονῶν AcPl Ha 6, 11. παρελάβετε τὸν λ. ὅτι AcPl Ha 8, 25.—The pastoral letters favor the expr. πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (sc. ἐστίν, and s. πιστός 1b) 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cp. Rv 21:5; 22:6. λ. ὑγιής sound preaching Tit 2:8; cp. the pl. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 2 Ti 1:13 (on medicinal use of words for the mind or soul s. VLeinieks, The City of Dionysos ’96, 115–22, on Eur.).—The pl. is also used gener. of Christian teachings, the words of the gospel Lk 1:4 (s. κατηχέω 2a); 1 Th 4:18. οἱ λ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Ti 4:6. On λόγοι κυριακοί for λόγια κυριακά in the title of the Papias document s. ἐξήγησις 2.—JSchniewind, Die Begriffe Wort und Evangelium bei Pls, diss. Bonn 1910; RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).
    γ. of an individual declaration or remark: assertion, declaration, speech ἀκούσαντες τὸν λ. when they heard the statement Mt 15:12; cp. 19:11, 22; 22:15; Mk 5:36. διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λ. because of this statement of yours 7:29 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 29 [Stone p. 38] τὸν λ. τοῦτον; ApcMos 25 εἰς τὸν λόγον σου κρινῶ σε). Cp. 10:22; 12:13; Lk 1:29; 22:61 v.l. (for ῥήματος); J 4:39, 50; 6:60; 7:36, 40 v.l.; 15:20a; 18:9; 19:8; Ac 6:5; 7:29; 20:38; 22:22; 1 Th 4:15. ὸ̔ς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου whoever utters a (defamatory) word against the Son of Humanity Mt 12:32 (λ. εἰπεῖν κατά τινος as Jos., Ant. 15, 81); cp. Lk 12:10. λόγος σαπρός unwholesome talk Eph 4:29. λόγον ποιεῖσθαι make a speech Ac 11:2 D (cp. Hyperid. 3, 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 86).
    δ. the pl. (οἱ) λόγοι is used, on the one hand, of words uttered on various occasions, of speeches or instruction given here and there by humans or transcendent beings (TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 19 [Stone p. 36]; Jos., Ant. 4, 264; Just., D. 100, 3) ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ (καταδικασθήσῃ) Mt 12:37ab; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 21:33; Ac 2:40; 7:22 (ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. On the word-deed pair cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 6 the λόγοι and ἔργα of Diogenes; s. α above). οἱ δέκα λόγοι the ten commandments (Ex 34:28; Dt 10:4; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 168, Decal. 32; Jos., Ant. 3, 138; cp. 91f; Did., Gen. 36, 10) B 15:1. Ac 15:24; 20:35; 1 Cor 2:4b, 13; 14:19ab; κενοὶ λ. Eph 5:6; AcPl Ox 6, 13 (cp. Aa 1, 241, 14); Dg 8:2; πλαστοὶ λ. 2 Pt 2:3. λ. πονηροί 3J 10.—Also of words and exprs. that form a unity, whether it be connected discourse (Jos., Ant. 15, 126; Just., A II, 12, 6, D. 11, 5; 81, 3 al.), a conversation, or parts of one and the same teaching, or expositions on the same subject (Diod S 16, 2, 3 μετέσχε τῶν Πυθαγορίων λόγων; Dio Chrys. 37 [54], 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 55 K.=26 p. 519 D.: οἱ Πλάτωνος λόγοι; PsSol 17:43 [words of the Messiah]; AscIs 3:12 οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Βελχειρά) πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:24; cp. vss. 26, 28; 10:14; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 10:24; Lk 1:20; 6:47; 9:28, 44. ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς he questioned him at some length 23:9. τίνες οἱ λ. οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε; what is this conversation that you are holding? 24:17; J 7:40 (s. γ); 10:19; J 14:24a; 19:13; Ac 2:22; 5:5, 24; 16:36; 2 Ti 4:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7. λόγοις φθοριμαίοις AcPlCor 1:2.
    ε. the subject under discussion, matter, thing gener. (Theognis 1055 Diehl; Hdt. 8, 65 μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον εἴπῃς. Cp. Hebr. דָּבָר) τὸν λ. ἐκράτησαν they took up the subject Mk 9:10; cp. Mt. 21:24 (s. 1aβ beg.). οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have no share in this matter Ac 8:21. ἰδεῖν περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου look into this matter 15:6. ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone (cp. Demosth. 35, 55 ἐμοὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος; PIand 16, 3 δίκαιον λόγον ἔχει πρὸς σέ) 19:38. παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (2d is also prob.).—Perh. also Mk 8:32 he discussed the subject quite freely (but s. 1aβ above).
    of literary or oratorical productions: of the separate books of a work (Hdt. 5, 36 ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τ. λόγων; Pla., Parmen. 2, 127d ὁ πρῶτος λόγος; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 1 ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ …) treatise Ac 1:1 (s. on the prologue to Ac: AHilgenfeld, ZWT 41, 1898, 619ff; AGercke, Her 29, 1894, 373ff; RLaqueur, Her 46, 1911, 161ff; Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; JCreed, JTS 35, ’34, 176–82; Goodsp., Probs. 119–21). Παπίας … πέντε λόγους κυριακῶν λογίων ἔγραψεν Papias (11:1; cp. 3:1 e; 11:2; 12:2).—περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11. Hb is described as ὁ λ. τῆς παρακλήσεως a word of exhortation (in literary form) 13:22. Of writings that are part of Holy Scripture ὁ λ. Ἠσαί̈ου J 12:38. ὁ λ. ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένος 15:25; ὁ προφητικὸς λ. 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); AcPl Ha 8, 27/BMM recto 35 (Just., D. 77, 2 al.). ὁ ἅγιος λ. the holy word 1 Cl 56:3. ὁ λ. ὁ γεγραμμένος 1 Cor 15:54 (Is 25:8 and Hos 13:14 follow). Pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. προφητῶν Ac 15:15. ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαί̈ου Lk 3:4 (Pla., 7th Epistle 335a πείθεσθαι ἀεὶ χρὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ ἱεροῖς λόγοις; TestJob 1:1 βίβλος λόγων Ἰώβ; ParJer 9:32 v.l. τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν λόγων Ἱερεμίου; ApcEsdr 1:1 καὶ ἀποκάλυψις τοῦ … Ἐσδράμ; ApcSed prol.; Just., D. 72, 3f).—Of the content of Rv: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων τ. λόγους τῆς προφητείας 1:3. οἱ λόγοι (τ. προφητείας) τ. βιβλίου τούτου 22:7, 9f, 18f.
    computation, reckoning
    a formal accounting, esp. of one’s actions, and freq. with fig. extension of commercial terminology account, accounts, reckoning λόγον δοῦναι (Hdt. 8, 100; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Diod S 3, 46, 4; SIG 1099, 16; BGU 164, 21; Jos., Ant. 16, 120; Just., D. 115, 6) give account, make an accounting ἕκαστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τ. θεῷ Ro 14:12. Also λ. ἀποδοῦναι abs. (Just., D. 116, 1 al.; Diod S 16, 56, 4; 19, 9, 4) Hb 13:17. τινί to someone (Diod S 16, 27, 4; Plut., Alcib. 7, 3; Chariton 7, 6, 2; SIG 631, 13 τᾷ πόλει; 2 Ch 34:28; Da 6:3 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 209) τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Pt 4:5. τινὸς of someth. (SIG 1044, 46; 1105, 10 τοῦ ἀναλώματος; Jos., Ant. 19, 307) Lk 16:2 (here λ. w. the art.; on the subject of undergoing an audit cp. Aeschin. 3, 22). Likew. περί τινος (Diod S 18, 60, 2 δοὺς αὑτῷ περὶ τούτων λόγον=taking account [considering] with himself; BGU 98, 25 περὶ τούτου) Mt 12:36; Ac 19:40. ὑπέρ τινος concerning someone Hv 3, 9, 10.—αἰτεῖν τινα λόγον περί τινος call someone to account for someth. 1 Pt 3:15 (cp. Pla., Pol. 285e; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 30; Apc4Esdr Fgm. b ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔργου τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτηθήσεται; Just., A I, 17, 4. For another perspective s. d below.).—Of banking responsibility ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ (PStras 72, 10 [III A.D.] ὁ τῶν θεῶν λ.; PHerm 108 [III A.D.] λ. τοῦ Σαραπείου) in wordplay Ac 6:2 (w. τράπεζα q.v. 1c); s. also 1aβ.—Of a ledger heading (POxy 1333 [II/III A.D.] δὸς αὐτῳ λόγῳ θεωρικῶν=credit him under ‘festivals’; for others s. Preisig., Wörterbuch s.v. λ. 14; s. also Fachwörter 119) Ro 9:6 (the point is that God’s ‘list’ of Israelites is accurate; on ἐκπίπτω in the sense ‘is not deficient’ s. s.v. 4); vs. 9 (the ‘count’ is subsumed by metonymy in divine promise); Gal 5:14 (all moral obligations come under one ‘entry’: ‘you shall love your neighbor as yourself’; for commercial association of ἀναλίσκω vs. 15, which rounds out the wordplay, s. s.v.). The contexts of these three passages suggest strong probability for commercial associations; for another view s. 1aβ.
    settlement (of an account) (εἰς λόγον commercial t.t. ‘in settlement of an account’ POxy 275, 19; 21) εἰς λόγον δόσεως κ. λήμψεως in settlement of a mutual account (lit., ‘of giving and receiving’, ‘of debit and credit’) Phil 4:15 (cp. Plut., Mor. 11b λόγον δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν; a parallel formulation POxy 1134,10 [421 A.D.] λ. λήμματος καὶ ἐξοδιασμοῦ=ledger of income and expenditures); for the linked accounting terms δόσις and λήμψις s. PCairMasp 151, 208 [VI A.D.]. The same ideas are in the background of εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν credited to your account vs 17.—συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (BGU 775, 18f. The mid. in the same mng. PFay109, 6 [I A.D.]; POxy 113, 27f.—Dssm., LO 94 [LAE 118f]) μετά τινος Mt 18:23; 25:19.
    reflection, respect, regard εἰς λόγον τινός with regard to, for the sake of (Thu. 3, 46, 4; Demosth. 19, 142 εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον; Polyb. 11, 28, 8; Ath. 31, 1; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: εἰς δεινότητος λ.) εἰς λ. τιμῆς IPhld 11:2. εἰς λ. θεοῦ ISm 10:1.
    reason for or cause of someth., reason, ground, motive (Just., D. 94, 3 δότε μοι λόγον, ὅτου χάριν … ; Ath. 30, 3 τὶς γὰρ … λόγος; Dio Chrys. 64 [14], 18 ἐκ τούτου τ. λόγου; Appian, Hann. 29 §126 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155) τίνι λόγω; for what reason? Ac 10:29 (cp. Pla., Gorg. 512c τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; Appian, Mithrid. 57 §232 τίνι λόγῳ;). λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 Pt 3:15 (but s. a above); κατὰ λόγον Ac 18:14 (s. κατά B 5bβ). παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (though 1aε is also poss.).
    πρὸς ὸ̔ν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (ἐστίν) with whom we have to do (i.e. to reckon) (Dio Chrys. 31, 123; other exx. in FBleek, Hb II/1, 1836, 590ff), in his capacity as judge (Libanius, Legat. Ulixis [=Declamatio IV] 2 F. τοῖς δὲ ἀδίκως ἀποκτενοῦσι καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁ λόγος γίγνεται) Hb 4:13. οὐ πρὸς σάρκα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεόν he has to do not with flesh, but with God IMg 3:2.
    In Col 2:23 (s. 1aβ) λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας may= make a case for wisdom (cp. λόγος ἡμῖν οὐδείς Plut., Mor. 870b).
    the independent personified expression of God, the Logos. Our lit. shows traces of a way of thinking that was widespread in contemporary syncretism, as well as in Jewish wisdom lit. and Philo, the most prominent feature of which is the concept of the Logos, the independent, personified ‘Word’ (of God): GJs 11:2 (word of the angel to Mary) συνλήμψῃ ἐκ Λόγου αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ πάντων Δεσπότου). J 1:1abc, 14 (cp. Just., A I, 23, 2; Mel., P. 9, 61 and oft. by all apolog., exc.. Ar.). It is the distinctive teaching of the Fourth Gospel that this divine ‘Word’ took on human form in a historical person, that is, in Jesus (s. RSeeberg, Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 263–81.—Λόγος w. ζωή in gnostic speculation: Iren.1, 1, 1 [Harv. 1, 10, 4]; Aelian, VH 4, 20 ἐκάλουν τὸν Πρωταγόραν Λόγον. Similarly Favorinus [II A.D.]: Vorsokr. 80 A 1 ln. 22 [in Diog. L. 9, 50] of Democritus: ἐκαλεῖτο Σοφία. Equating a divinity with an abstraction that she personifies: Artem. 5, 18 φρόνησις εἶναι νομίζεται ἡ θεός [Athena]). Cp. 1J 1:1; Rv 19:13. εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὁ φανερώσας ἑαυτὸν διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών there is one God, who has revealed himself through Jesus Christ his Son, who is his ‘Word’ proceeding from silence (i.e., without an oral pronouncement: in a transcendent manner) IMg 8:2 (s. σιγή). The Lord as νόμος κ. λόγος PtK 1. Cp. Dg 11:2, 3, 7, 8; 12:9.—HClavier, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 81–93: the Alexandrian eternal λόγος is also implied in Hb 4:12; 13:7.—S. also the ‘Comma Johanneum’ (to the bibliography in RGG3 I, ’54 [HGreeven] add AJülicher, GGA 1905, 930–35; AvHarnack, SBBerlAk 1915, 572f [=Studien I ’31, 151f]; MMeinertz, Einl. in d. NT4 ’33, 309–11; AGreiff, TQ 114, ’33, 465–80; CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46; WThiele, ZNW 50, ’59, 61–73) ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 1J 5:7 v.l. (s. N. app.; Borger, TRu 52, ’87, 57f). (Such interpolations were not unheard of. According to Diog. L. 1, 48 some people maintain that Solon inserted the verse mentioning the Athenians after Il. 2, 557.—τῆς τριάδος, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 19].)—On the Logos: EZeller, D. Philosophie der Griechen III 24 1903, 417–34; MHeinze, D. Lehre v. Logos in d. griech. Philosophie 1872; PWendland, Philo u. d. kynisch-stoische Diatribe (Beiträge z. Gesch. der griech. Philosophie u. Religion by Wendl. and OKern 1895, 1–75); AAall, Gesch. d. Logosidee 1896, 1899; MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48f, I 482; 490 (index); LDürr, D. Wertung des göttl. Wortes im AT u. im ant. Orient ’38 (§9 of the Joh. Logos); EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1907, 83–111; (2 ’25); JLebreton, Les théories du Logos au début de l’ère chrétienne 1907; ESchwartz, NGG 1908, 537–56; GVos, The Range of the Logos-Title in the Prologue of the Fourth Gospel: PTR 11, 1913, 365–419; 557–602; RHarris, The Origin of the Prologue to St. John’s Gospel 1917, Athena, Sophia and the Logos: BJRL 7, 1, 1922 p. 56–72; M-JLagrange, Vers le Logos de S. Jean: RB 32, 1923, 161–84, Le Logos de Philon: ibid. 321–71; HLeisegang, Logos: Pauly-W. XIII 1926, 1035–81; TGlasson, Heraclitus’ Alleged Logos Doctr., JTS 3, ’52, 231–38.—NWeinstein, Z. Genesis d. Agada 1901, 29–90; Billerb. II 302–33.—Rtzst., Zwei religionsgeschichtl. Fragen 1901, 47–132, Mysterienrel.3 1927, 428 index; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 304ff; 316f; JKroll, D. Lehren d. Hermes Trismegistos1914, 418 index.—RBultmann, D. religionsgesch. Hintergrund des Prol. z. Joh.: HGunkel Festschr., 1923, II 1–26, Comm. ’41, 5ff; AAlexander, The Johannine Doctrine of the Logos: ET 36, 1925, 394–99; 467–72; (Rtzst. and) HSchaeder, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, 306–37; 350; GAvdBerghvanEysinga, In den beginne was de Logos: NThT 23, ’34, 105–23; JDillersberger, Das Wort von Logos ’35; RBury, The 4th Gosp. and the Logos-Doctrine ’40; EMay, CBQ 8, ’46, 438–47; GKnight, From Moses to Paul ’49, 120–29. TW IV 76–89; 126–40 (on this s. SLyonnet, Biblica 26, ’45, 126–31); CStange, ZST 21, ’50, 120–41; MBoismard, Le Prologue de St. Jean ’53; HLangkammer, BZ 9, ’65, 91–94; HRinggren, Word and Wisdom [hypostatization in Near East] ’47; WEltester, Haenchen Festschr., ’64, 109–34; HWeiss, Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie etc., TU 97, ’66, 216–82; MRissi, Die Logoslieder im Prolog des vierten Evangeliums, TZ 31, ’75, 321–36; HLausberg, NAWG, Ph. ’87, 1 pp. 1–7.—B. 1262. DELG s.v. λέγω B 1. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λόγος

  • 7 entender

    m.
    understanding, grasp.
    Su entender era limitado Her understanding was limited.
    v.
    1 to understand.
    ahora entiendo lo que quieres decir now I understand o know what you mean
    no te entiendo, habla más despacio I don't understand you, could you speak more slowly?
    no entiendo cómo puede gustarte Arturo I don't know what you see in Arturo
    no entiendo nada, ¿no deberían haber llegado ya? I just can't understand it, surely they were supposed to have arrived by now
    ¡no hay quien te entienda! you're impossible!
    ¿tú qué entiendes por “amistad”? what do you understand by “friendship”?
    dar a entender que… to imply (that)…
    hasta que no llegue no podemos empezar, ¿entiendes? we can't start until she gets here, all right?
    Ella entiende la lección She understands the lesson.
    Elsa entendió al fin Elsa understood at last.
    2 to think.
    yo no lo entiendo así I don't see it that way
    3 to figure out, to digest, to get clear, to get to know.
    Elsa entendió el motivo Elsa figured out the motive.
    * * *
    (e changes to ie in stressed syllables)
    Present Indicative
    entiendo, entiendes, entiende, entendemos, entendéis, entienden.
    Present Subjunctive
    entienda, entiendas, entienda, entendamos, entendáis, entiendan.
    Imperative
    entiende (tú), entienda (él/Vd.), entendamos (nos.), entended (vos.), entiendan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) think, believe
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=comprender) to understand

    ¡a ti no hay quien te entienda! — you're impossible to understand!

    que no te vuelva a ver fumando ¿me has entendido? — don't let me catch you smoking again, do you understand?

    ¿entiendes lo que te quiero decir? — do you know what I mean?, do you know what I'm trying to say?

    es un poco rarito, tú ya me entiendes — he's a bit odd, if you know what I mean

    dar algo a entender — to imply sth

    nos dieron a entender que querían marcharsethey gave us to understand o led us to believe that they wanted to leave

    según él me dio a entender, no está contento en su trabajo — from what he said to me, he is not happy in his job, he gave me to understand that he is not happy in his job

    hacer entender algo a algn — to make sb understand sth

    hacerse entender — to make o.s. understood

    entender malto misunderstand

    si no he entendido mal, esto es lo que queréis decir — unless I've misunderstood what you're saying, this is what you mean

    no entendió ni una palabrahe didn't understand a word of it

    no entender ni jota o ni patata *

    no entendí ni jota o ni una patata de lo que decían — I didn't have a clue what they were on about

    no entiendo ni jota de alemán* I don't understand a single word of German

    2) (=opinar) to think, believe

    entiendo que sería mejor decírseloI think o believe it would be better to tell him

    yo entiendo que no es correcto hacerlo asíI don't think o believe that that's the right way to do it

    3) (=interpretar) to understand

    ¿tú qué entiendes por libertad? — what do you understand by freedom?

    ¿debo entender que lo niegas? — am I to understand that you deny it?

    me ha parecido entender que estaban en contra — I understood that they were against it, as I understand it they were against it

    cada uno entiende el amor a su manera — everyone sees love differently, everyone understands something different by love

    4) * (=saber manejar) to know how to use, know how to work

    ¿tú entiendes esta lavadora? — do you know how this washing machine works?, do you know how to use this washing machine?

    5) (=oír) to hear
    2. VI
    1) (=comprender) to understand

    ¡ya entiendo! — now I understand!, now I get it!

    la vida es así ¿entiendes? — that's life, you know

    entender de algo — to know about sth

    no entender de barcos —

    si le preguntas cualquier cosa, él no entiende de barcos — if you ask him something, he makes out he doesn't know anything about anything

    2) (Jur) (=tener competencia)
    3) [perro, gato]
    4) ** (=ser homosexual) to be one of them *
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <explicación/idioma/actitud> to understand

    ¿entiendes lo que quiero decir? — do you know what I mean?

    b) < persona> to understand

    se hace entender or (AmL) se da a entender — he makes himself understood

    2) (frml)
    a) (concebir, opinar)

    yo entiendo que deberíamos esperarin my view o as I see it, we should wait

    b) (interpretar, deducir)

    ¿debo entender que te vas? — am I to understand that you're leaving?

    me dio a entender que... — she gave me to understand that...

    2.
    1) ( comprender) to understand

    (ya) entiendo — I understand, I see

    2) ( saber)

    ¿tú entiendes de estas cosas? — do you know anything about these things?

    3) (Der)
    3.
    entenderse v pron
    1)

    a ver si nos entendemos ¿quién te pegó? — let's get this straight, who hit you?

    entenderse con alguiento get along o on with somebody

    c) ( tratar)

    allá se las entienda — (fam) that's his/her problem

    2) (refl)

    déjame, yo me entiendo — leave me alone, I know what I'm doing

    II

    a mi/tu/su entender — in my/your/his opinion, to my/your/his mind

    * * *
    = come to + grips with, cut through, grasp, have + some grasp, make + sense (out) of, understand, get to + grips with, make + sense of life, sympathise [sympathize, -USA], sympathise [sympathize, -USA], get + a grip on, provide + an understanding, catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift, have + a handle on, fathom, get + Posesivo + head around, wrap + Posesivo + head around, get + a handle on.
    Ex. Right now the management team is beginning to come to grips with our annual budget process, as it does every year.
    Ex. Publishers attempting to cut through this nomenclature morass can check with the library's administration.
    Ex. She must try to convince him that no single individual, no matter how gifted, can any longer grasp the innumerable facets of modern corporate effort.
    Ex. It is necessary to have some grasp of some fundamental aspects of computerized information-retrieval systems.
    Ex. The resultant guiding must be clear, by being both easy to read and easy to make sense of.
    Ex. They assume only that the reader has some knowledge of the subject, so that the abstract can be understood.
    Ex. The Treasure has made good use of a number of methodologies in getting to grips with the principles and applications of information management.
    Ex. This manual is an indispensable companion to all those who are keen to make sense of life in an infinitely complex and confusing Internet.
    Ex. In World War 2 librarians generally sympathised with Britain, but many were isolationist or apathetic during the early years = En la Segunda Guerra Mundial los bibliotecarios generalmente simpatizaban con Gran Bretaña, aunque muchos mantuvieron una actitud no intervencionista o indiferente durante los primeros años.
    Ex. In World War 2 librarians generally sympathised with Britain, but many were isolationist or apathetic during the early years = En la Segunda Guerra Mundial los bibliotecarios generalmente simpatizaban con Gran Bretaña, aunque muchos mantuvieron una actitud no intervencionista o indiferente durante los primeros años.
    Ex. The article ' Getting a grip on change' argues that only by confronting the challenges and inevitability of change can libraries retain their relevancy in the information age.
    Ex. The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.
    Ex. Shariel sighed and rolled her eyes a little, as Akanan clearly didn't catch her drift.
    Ex. 'Nah,' Kate chuckled, getting her drift, and then said 'I would've just barged in there and dared them to throw me out!'.
    Ex. 'I sure wish I had a better handle on this contract language,' he said.
    Ex. As she ascended the staircase to the library director's office, she tried to fathom the reason for the imperious summons.
    Ex. You are not quite sure how one man could get his head around this at the time, but he managed, in a masterful way.
    Ex. Sleuthing is like second-nature to her, and she can't possibly wrap her head around the concept of renouncing it completely.
    Ex. Children get a handle on personal responsibility by holding a library card of their own, a card that gives them access to new worlds.
    ----
    * a mi entender = to my mind.
    * a + Posesivo + entender = to the best of + Posesivo + belief.
    * a + Posesivo + saber y entender = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge and belief.
    * ayudar a entender mejor = lend + understanding to.
    * dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * difícil de entender = cryptic.
    * entender a medias = pick up + the fag-ends.
    * entender mal = misunderstand, misconceive, mishearing, mishearing, mishear.
    * entender mejor = place + Nombre + in/into + perspective, put into + perspective, gain + a better sense of, get + a better sense of.
    * entenderse = interoperate [inter-operate], hit it off.
    * entenderse que indica = take to + indicate.
    * fácil de entender = easy to understand.
    * hablar sin ser entendido = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hacer entender = get across.
    * hacerse entender = make + Posesivo + meaning plain.
    * malentender = misconstrue.
    * más fácil de entender para nosotros = closer to home.
    * no entender = be beyond + Pronombre.
    * no entender Algo = go (way) over + Posesivo + head.
    * no entender lo esencial = miss + the point.
    * no entender ni una papa de = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of.
    * no llegar a entender = miss + the mark, miss + the point.
    * según nuestro entender = as far as we know.
    * según + Pronombre + entender = it + be + Posesivo + understanding, Pronombre + understanding + be.
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <explicación/idioma/actitud> to understand

    ¿entiendes lo que quiero decir? — do you know what I mean?

    b) < persona> to understand

    se hace entender or (AmL) se da a entender — he makes himself understood

    2) (frml)
    a) (concebir, opinar)

    yo entiendo que deberíamos esperarin my view o as I see it, we should wait

    b) (interpretar, deducir)

    ¿debo entender que te vas? — am I to understand that you're leaving?

    me dio a entender que... — she gave me to understand that...

    2.
    1) ( comprender) to understand

    (ya) entiendo — I understand, I see

    2) ( saber)

    ¿tú entiendes de estas cosas? — do you know anything about these things?

    3) (Der)
    3.
    entenderse v pron
    1)

    a ver si nos entendemos ¿quién te pegó? — let's get this straight, who hit you?

    entenderse con alguiento get along o on with somebody

    c) ( tratar)

    allá se las entienda — (fam) that's his/her problem

    2) (refl)

    déjame, yo me entiendo — leave me alone, I know what I'm doing

    II

    a mi/tu/su entender — in my/your/his opinion, to my/your/his mind

    * * *
    = come to + grips with, cut through, grasp, have + some grasp, make + sense (out) of, understand, get to + grips with, make + sense of life, sympathise [sympathize, -USA], sympathise [sympathize, -USA], get + a grip on, provide + an understanding, catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift, have + a handle on, fathom, get + Posesivo + head around, wrap + Posesivo + head around, get + a handle on.

    Ex: Right now the management team is beginning to come to grips with our annual budget process, as it does every year.

    Ex: Publishers attempting to cut through this nomenclature morass can check with the library's administration.
    Ex: She must try to convince him that no single individual, no matter how gifted, can any longer grasp the innumerable facets of modern corporate effort.
    Ex: It is necessary to have some grasp of some fundamental aspects of computerized information-retrieval systems.
    Ex: The resultant guiding must be clear, by being both easy to read and easy to make sense of.
    Ex: They assume only that the reader has some knowledge of the subject, so that the abstract can be understood.
    Ex: The Treasure has made good use of a number of methodologies in getting to grips with the principles and applications of information management.
    Ex: This manual is an indispensable companion to all those who are keen to make sense of life in an infinitely complex and confusing Internet.
    Ex: In World War 2 librarians generally sympathised with Britain, but many were isolationist or apathetic during the early years = En la Segunda Guerra Mundial los bibliotecarios generalmente simpatizaban con Gran Bretaña, aunque muchos mantuvieron una actitud no intervencionista o indiferente durante los primeros años.
    Ex: In World War 2 librarians generally sympathised with Britain, but many were isolationist or apathetic during the early years = En la Segunda Guerra Mundial los bibliotecarios generalmente simpatizaban con Gran Bretaña, aunque muchos mantuvieron una actitud no intervencionista o indiferente durante los primeros años.
    Ex: The article ' Getting a grip on change' argues that only by confronting the challenges and inevitability of change can libraries retain their relevancy in the information age.
    Ex: The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.
    Ex: Shariel sighed and rolled her eyes a little, as Akanan clearly didn't catch her drift.
    Ex: 'Nah,' Kate chuckled, getting her drift, and then said 'I would've just barged in there and dared them to throw me out!'.
    Ex: 'I sure wish I had a better handle on this contract language,' he said.
    Ex: As she ascended the staircase to the library director's office, she tried to fathom the reason for the imperious summons.
    Ex: You are not quite sure how one man could get his head around this at the time, but he managed, in a masterful way.
    Ex: Sleuthing is like second-nature to her, and she can't possibly wrap her head around the concept of renouncing it completely.
    Ex: Children get a handle on personal responsibility by holding a library card of their own, a card that gives them access to new worlds.
    * a mi entender = to my mind.
    * a + Posesivo + entender = to the best of + Posesivo + belief.
    * a + Posesivo + saber y entender = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge and belief.
    * ayudar a entender mejor = lend + understanding to.
    * dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * difícil de entender = cryptic.
    * entender a medias = pick up + the fag-ends.
    * entender mal = misunderstand, misconceive, mishearing, mishearing, mishear.
    * entender mejor = place + Nombre + in/into + perspective, put into + perspective, gain + a better sense of, get + a better sense of.
    * entenderse = interoperate [inter-operate], hit it off.
    * entenderse que indica = take to + indicate.
    * fácil de entender = easy to understand.
    * hablar sin ser entendido = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hacer entender = get across.
    * hacerse entender = make + Posesivo + meaning plain.
    * malentender = misconstrue.
    * más fácil de entender para nosotros = closer to home.
    * no entender = be beyond + Pronombre.
    * no entender Algo = go (way) over + Posesivo + head.
    * no entender lo esencial = miss + the point.
    * no entender ni una papa de = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of.
    * no llegar a entender = miss + the mark, miss + the point.
    * según nuestro entender = as far as we know.
    * según + Pronombre + entender = it + be + Posesivo + understanding, Pronombre + understanding + be.

    * * *
    entender1 [E8 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹explicación/libro/idioma› to understand; ‹actitud/motivos› to understand
    yo no te entiendo la letra I can't read your writing
    no se le entiende nada you can't understand anything she says
    lo has entendido todo al revés you've got(ten) it all completely wrong, you've got the wrong end of the stick ( BrE colloq)
    no hablo el alemán, pero lo entiendo I don't speak German, but I can understand it
    yo todavía no he entendido el chiste I still haven't got(ten) the joke
    y que no se vuelva a repetir ¿lo has entendido bien? and don't let it happen again, (do you) understand? o have you got that?
    ¿entiendes lo que quiero decir? do you know what I mean?
    esto no hay quien lo entienda I just don't understand this o this is impossible to understand
    se entiende que prefiera estar a solas it is understandable that she should want to be alone
    ¿tú qué entiendes por `versátil'? what do you understand by `versatile'?
    2 ‹persona› to understand
    trata de entenderme try to understand me
    ten cuidado con ellos, tú ya me entiendes be careful with them, you know what I mean
    me has entendido mal you've misunderstood me
    su inglés no es perfecto pero se hace entender or ( AmL) se da a entender his English isn't perfect but he makes himself understood
    ¡a ti no hay quien te entienda! you're impossible!
    te entiendo perfectamente I know exactly what you mean
    estoy segura de que él te entenderá I am sure that he will understand
    B ( frml)
    1
    (concebir, opinar): yo entiendo que deberíamos esperar un poco más in my view o as I see it, we should wait a little longer
    no es así como yo entiendo la amistad that is not how I see o understand friendship, that is not my idea of friendship
    2
    (interpretar, deducir): ¿debo entender que desean prescindir de mis servicios? am I to understand o infer that you wish to dispense with my services?
    me dio a entender que ya lo sabía she gave me to understand that she already knew
    no lo dijo claramente, pero lo dio a entender she did not say so in so many words, but she implied it
    ■ entender
    vi
    A (comprender) to understand
    (ya) entiendo I understand, I see
    es que él es así ¿entiendes? it's just that he's like that, you see
    B (saber) entender DE algo to know ABOUT sth
    no entiendo nada de economía I don't know a thing about economics
    ¿tú entiendes de estas cosas? do you know anything about these things?
    C ( Der):
    entender en un caso to hear a case
    A
    1 (comunicarse) entenderse CON algn to communicate WITH sb
    se entienden por señas they communicate (with each other) through signs, they use sign language to communicate with each other
    a ver si nos entendemos ¿quién le pegó a quién? let's get this straight, who hit whom?
    2 (llevarse bien) entenderse CON algn to get along o on WITH sb
    tú te entiendes mejor con él you get along o on better with him than I do
    creo que nos vamos a entender I think we're going to get on o get along fine
    es mejor entenderse directamente con el jefe you are advised to deal directly with the boss
    allá se las entienda ( fam); that's his/her problem
    entendérselas con algn to fix sth up with sb
    4 ( fam) (tener un lío amoroso) entenderse CON algn to have an affair WITH sb
    B ( refl):
    ni él mismo se entiende he doesn't know what he's doing himself
    déjame, yo me entiendo leave me alone, I know what I'm doing
    a mi/tu/su entender in my/your/his opinion, to my/your/his mind
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    entender    
    entender algo
    entender ( conjugate entender) verbo transitivo
    to understand;
    chiste to understand, get (colloq);

    no entendí su nombre I didn't get his name;
    lo entendió todo al revés he got it all completely wrong;
    tú ya me entiendes you know what I mean;
    me has entendido mal you've misunderstood me;
    se hace entender or (AmL) se da a entender he makes himself understood;
    me dio a entender que … she gave me to understand that …;
    dar algo a entender to imply sth
    verbo intransitivo

    b) ( saber) entender de algo to know about sth

    entenderse verbo pronominal
    1


    entenderse con algn to communicate with sb;
    a ver si nos entendemos ¿quién te pegó? let's get this straight, who hit you?


    entenderse con algn to get along o on with sb
    2 ( refl):
    déjame, yo me entiendo leave me alone, I know what I'm doing

    entender
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (comprender) to understand: a mi entender, está equivocado, in my opinion he's wrong
    no entendí ni papa/pío/jota de este libro, I didn't understand a word of this book
    no entiendo lo que quieres decir, I don't know what you mean
    no me entiendas mal, don't get me wrong
    nos dio a entender que no aceptaría el trabajo, he gave us to understand that he wouldn't accept the job
    2 (creer) to think: entendemos que no debiste hacerlo, we think you shouldn't have done that
    II verbo intransitivo entender de, (saber) to know about: entiende de música, he has an ear for music ➣ Ver nota en understand
    ' entender' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ayunas
    - cazar
    - coger
    - comprender
    - dar
    - interpretar
    - mercenaria
    - mercenario
    - papa
    - revés
    - significativa
    - significativo
    - ver
    - aclarar
    - agarrar
    - caer
    - concebir
    - difícil
    - dificultad
    - entendimiento
    - enterarse
    - entienda
    - fácil
    - sin
    English:
    appreciate
    - catch
    - depth
    - follow
    - get
    - gist
    - intimate
    - make out
    - misunderstand
    - parrot-fashion
    - point
    - purport
    - see
    - sense
    - thoroughly
    - trouble
    - understand
    - wise
    - work out
    - beyond
    - fathom
    - figure
    - grip
    - head
    - hint
    - home
    - imply
    - knowing
    - latch
    - lead
    - make
    - message
    - mishear
    - ram
    - still
    - sympathize
    - work
    * * *
    vt
    1. [comprender] to understand;
    ahora entiendo lo que quieres decir now I understand o know what you mean;
    entiendo perfectamente tu reacción I completely understand your reaction;
    ¿es que no lo entiendes? don't you understand?;
    entiéndelo, lo hago por tu bien try to understand, it's for your own good;
    no te entiendo, habla más despacio I don't understand you, could you speak more slowly?;
    no entiendo los aparatos modernos I don't understand modern technology;
    no entiendo el chiste I don't get the joke;
    no entendí nada de lo que dijo I didn't understand a word of what he said;
    no entiendo nada, ¿no deberían haber llegado ya? I just can't understand it, surely they were supposed to have arrived by now;
    no entiendo la letra de mi médico I can't read my doctor's handwriting;
    entender mal algo to misunderstand sth;
    no entiendo cómo puede gustarte Arturo I don't know what you see in Arturo;
    no hay quien entienda a tu novio no one knows what to make of your boyfriend;
    ¡no hay quien te entienda! you're impossible!;
    sabe entender a las personas mayores she understands older people;
    ¿tú qué entiendes por “amistad”? what do you understand by “friendship”?;
    ¿debo entender que no estás de acuerdo? am I to understand that you disagree?;
    ¿cómo le puedo hacer entender que eso no se hace? how can I make her understand o get it through to her that that sort of behaviour is out?;
    hasta que no llegue no podemos empezar, ¿entiendes? we can't start until she gets here, all right?;
    ¿entiendes?, si no se lo decimos se va a enfadar look, if we don't tell him, he's going to get angry;
    podríamos hacernos los despistados, ya me entiendes we could make out we didn't really realize what was going on, you know what I mean;
    dar a entender algo (a alguien): dio a entender que no le interesaba she implied (that) she wasn't interested;
    nos dio a entender que no estaba de acuerdo she gave us to understand that she disagreed;
    hacerse entender to make oneself understood;
    se hizo entender a base de signos he made himself understood by using sign language;
    Fam
    no entiendo ni jota o RP [m5] un pito I can't understand a word (of it)
    2. [juzgar, opinar] to think;
    yo no lo entiendo así I don't see it that way;
    entiendo que sería mejor no decir nada I think it would be better not to say anything;
    entendemos que deberías disculparte we feel you ought to apologize
    vi
    1. [saber]
    entender de algo to know about sth;
    entender poco/algo de to know very little/a little about;
    entiende un montón de jardinería she knows loads about gardening;
    no entiendo nada de informática I don't know anything about computing;
    tú que entiendes de estas cosas, ¿qué es el “rafting”? you know about these things, what is “rafting”?
    2. [ocuparse]
    entender de o [m5]en [en general] to deal with;
    [sujeto: juez] to be in charge of;
    el magistrado que entiende de casos de terrorismo the magistrate responsible for o in charge of cases involving terrorism
    3. Fam [ser homosexual] to be gay;
    ¿entiendes? are you gay? [as a discreet enquiry]
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 understand;
    entender mal algo misunderstand sth;
    hacerse entender make o.s. understood;
    ya me entiendes do you catch my drift?, do you know what I mean?;
    dar a entender a alguien give s.o. to understand
    2 ( creer)
    :
    entendemos que sería mejor … we believe it would be better …
    II v/i
    1 understand;
    si entiendo bien if I understand correctly
    2
    :
    entender de algo know about sth
    3
    :
    III m
    :
    a mi entender in my opinion, to my mind
    * * *
    entender {56} vt
    1) comprender: to understand
    2) opinar: to think, to believe
    3) querer: to mean, to intend
    4) deducir: to infer, to deduce
    1) : to understand
    ¡ya entiendo!: now I understand!
    2)
    entender de : to know about, to be good at
    3)
    entender en : to be in charge of
    * * *
    1. (en general) to understand [pt. & pp. understood]
    ¿entiendes las instrucciones? do you understand the instructions?
    2. (tener conocimientos) to know [pt. knew; pp. known]
    entender mal to misunderstand [pt. & pp. misunderstood]

    Spanish-English dictionary > entender

  • 8 ÞÚSUND

    (pl. -ir), f. thousand.
    * * *
    f.; sérhverja þúsund, Stj. 298; á þúsund (dat.), Sks. 705; tvær, þrjár … þúsundir, 623. 53: in mod. usage it is mostly neut. (influenced by Latin?), but also fem. It is spelt þús-hund, Barl. 53; þús-hundum, Fms. vi. 409 (v. l.), Geisli 49; another form þús-hundrað (q. v.) is freq., esp. in Stj., Barl.; this double form -hund and -hundrað answers to the equally double form of ‘hundred,’ see p. 292, and is a proof that þúsund is a compound word, the latter part of which is ‘hund’ or ‘hundred;’ the etymology of the former part ‘þús’ is less certain; it is, we believe, akin to þysja, þyss, þaus-nir (a lost strong verb þúsa, þaus, þusu); þúsund would thus literally mean a swarm of hundreds: [in Goth. the gender varies, þûsundi, pl. þusundjos = χίλιοι, or þusundja, neut.; A. S. þûsend; Engl. thousand; O. H. G. dusunta; Germ. tausend, qs. dausend; Swed. tusende and tusen; Dan. tusinde; Dutch tuysend: this word is also common to the Slavon. languages: again, the Lapp, duhat and Finn. tuhat are no doubt borrowed from the Slavon. or Scandin.; the Gr., Lat., and Sansk. use other words]a thousand.
    B. There is little doubt that with the ancient heathen Scandinavians (and perhaps all Teutons), before their contact with the civilised southern people, the notion of numbers was limited, and that their thousand was not a definite number, but a vague term, denoting a swarm, crowd, host (cp. the Gr. μυρίοι): in ancient lays it occurs thrice (Hkv., Em., Fas. i. 502), but indefinitely; hvat þrym er þar sem þúsund bifisk eðr mengi til mikit, what a din is there as if a thousand were shaking, or an over-mickle multitude, Em. 2; sjau þúsundir, Hkv. 1. 49, literally = seven thousands, but in fact meaning seven hosts of men.
    2. the dat. pl. þúsundum is, like huudruðum, used adverbially = by thousands, in countless numbers, Fms. vi. 409 (in a verse), Geisli 49.
    3. in the ancient popular literature, uninfluenced by southern writers, ‘þúsund,’ as a definite number, occurs, we think, not half-a-dozen times. As the multiple of ten duodecimal hundreds, ere the decimal hundred was adopted, ‘þnsund’ would mean twelve decimal hundreds; and such is its use in the Sverris Saga, Fms. viii. 40, where one vellum says ‘tvær þúsundir,’ whilst the others, by a more idiomatic phrase, call it ‘twenty hundreds.’
    II. in ecclesiastical writers, and in annals influenced by the Latin and the like, it is frequent enough; tíu þúsundir, fjórtán þúsundir, Fms. i. 107, 108 (annalistic records); fimm þúsundir, xi. 386, Al. 111; tíu þúsundum, Sks. 705; tíu þúsundum sinna hundrað þúsunda, Hom.; þúsund þúsunda, a thousand of thousands, i. e. a million, (mod.); hundrað þúsundir rasta ok átta tigir þúsunda, … hundrað þúsund mílna, Fb. i. 31 (in the legend of Eric the Far-traveller and Paradise, taken from some church-legend); fjórar þúsundir, Þiðr. 234: or of the years of the world, sex þúsundir vetra, Fs. 197; sjau þúsundir vetra, Landn. 34.
    C. REMARKS.—The popular way of counting high numbers was not by thousands, but by tens (decades) and duodecimal hundreds as factors; thus ten … twenty hundreds, and then going on three, four, five, six … tens of hundreds (a ‘ten of hundreds’ being = 1200). The following references may illustrate this—tíu hundruð, ellefu hundruð, tólf hundruð, þrettán hundruð, fimtán hundruð …, Íb. 17, Ó. H. 119, 201, Fms. vii. 295, xi. 383, 385. From twenty and upwards—tuttugu hundrað manna, twenty hundreds of men, Fms. vii. 324, viii. 40; hálfr þriðitugr hundraða skipa, two tens and a half hundreds of ships, i. e. twenty-five hundreds, Fas. i. 378; þrjá tigu hundraða manna, three tens of hundreds of men, Fms. viii. 311; var skorat manntal, hafði hann meirr enn þrjá tigu hundraða manna, vii. 204; þrír tigir hundraða, D. N. v. 18; user fjorir tigir hundraða manna, nearly four tens of hundreds of men, Fms. vii. 275; á fimta tigi hundraða, on the fifth ten of hundreds, i. e. from four to five tens of hundreds, viii. 321; sex tigir hundraða, six tens of hundreds, 311, xi. 390; sex tigu hundraða manna, Fb. ii. 518, D. I. i. 350,—all odd amounts being neglected. The highest number recorded as actually reckoned in this way is ‘six tens of hundreds’ (fimtán tigir hundraða, fifteen tens of hundreds, Fms. viii. 321, v. l., is a scribe’s error): it is probable that no reckoning exceeded twelve tens of hundreds. All high multiples were unintelligible to the ancients; the number of the Einherjar in Walhalla is in the old lay Gm. thus expressed,—there are ‘five hundred doors in Walhalla, and five tens beside (the ‘five tens’ are, by the way, merely added for alliteration’s sake), and eight hundred Einherjar will walk out of each door when they go out to fight the Wolf’ (on the Day of final Doom). There seems to have been some dim exaggerated notion of a definite thousand in an ancient lay, only preserved in a half alliterative prose paraphrase, Fas. i. 502, where a mythical host is given thus,—there were thirty-three phalanxes, each of five ‘thousand,’ each thousand of thirteen hundreds, each hundred four times counted. The armies in the battle of Brawalla, the greatest of the mythical age, are given, not in numbers, but by the space the ranks occupied, Skjöld. S. ch. 8. This resembles the story in Ó. H. ch. 59, of the two young brothers, king’s sons: when asked what they would like to have most of, the one said: ‘Cows.’ ‘And how many?’ ‘As many,’ said he, ‘as could stand packed in a row round the lake (Mjösen in Norway) and drink.’ ‘But you?’ they asked the other boy: ‘House-carles’ (soldiers), said he. ‘And how many?’ ‘As many,’ said he, ‘as would in one meal eat up all my brother’s cows.’ Add also the tale of the King and the Giant, and the number of the giant’s house-carles, Maurer’s Volksagen 306. No less elementary was the rule for division and fractions, of which a remarkable instance is preserved in an ancient Icelandic deed, called Spákonu-arfr, published in D. I. i. 305. See also the words tigr, hundrað, skor, skora, and the remarks in Gramm. p. xix. The Homeric numeration, as set forth in Mr. Gladstone’s Homeric Studies, vol. iii, p. 425 sqq., is highly interesting, and bears a striking resemblance to that of the ancient Scandinavians. We may notice that in Iceland land and property are still divided into hundreds (hundreds of ells = 120), see hundrað B; in this case a thousand is never used, but units and hundreds of hundreds as factors, thus, sex tögu hundraða, in Reykh. Máld, (a deed of the 12th century), and so still in mod. usage; a wealthy man of the 15th century is said to have bequeathed to his daughters in land, ‘tólf hundruð hundraða ok ellefu-tíu og tvau hundruð betr, en í lausafé fimm hundruð hundraða,’ i. e. twelve hundreds of hundreds and ‘eleventy’ and two hundreds, and in movables five hundreds of hundreds, Feðga-æfi 16 (by the learned Bogi Benidiktsson of Staðarfell in Iceland, A. D. 1771–1849); sjau hundruð hundraða og þrjátigi hundruð betr, 21; hann eptir-lét börnum sínum fjármuni upp á níu hundruð hundraða, 22,—a proof that in very remote times, when this valuation of land first took place, ‘thousand’ was still unknown as a definite number.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÞÚSUND

  • 9 palabra

    intj.
    really, honest to goodness, honest, honest to God.
    f.
    1 word.
    de palabra by word of mouth, verbally
    dejar a alguien con la palabra en la boca to cut somebody off in mid-sentence
    en cuatro o dos palabras in a few words
    en una palabra in a word
    no dijo palabra he didn't say a word
    medir las palabras to weigh one's words (carefully)
    no habla ni (media) palabra de español she doesn't speak a word of Spanish
    palabra por palabra word for word
    ser palabras mayores to be an important matter
    sin mediar palabra without a single word
    palabra divina o de Dios word of God
    2 word (juramento, promesa).
    dar su palabra to give one's word
    faltó a su palabra he went back on his word, he broke o didn't keep his word
    mantuvo su palabra she kept her word
    tienes mi palabra you have my word
    tomar la palabra a alguien to hold somebody to their word
    3 speech (habla).
    4 word of honor, troth, word, word of honour.
    * * *
    1 word
    \
    dar su palabra to give one's word, promise
    decir la última palabra to have the last word
    dirigirle la palabra a alguien to address somebody
    en una palabra in a word
    no decir ni media palabra a nadie not to breath a word to anyone
    medir las palabras to weigh one's words
    no dirigirle la palabra a alguien not to be speaking to somebody
    palabra por palabra word for word
    quitarle a alguien la palabra to cut somebody short, interrupt somebody
    ser hombre/mujer de palabra to be a man of his word/a woman of her word
    ser hombre/mujer de pocas palabras to be a man/woman of few words
    tener la palabra to have the floor
    tener palabra to keep one's word
    tener unas palabras con alguien to have words with somebody
    tomarle a alguien la palabra to take somebody at their word
    palabra clave key word
    palabra de honor word of honour
    palabras mayores (palabrotas) swearwords 2 (cosa importante) serious talk
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) word
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=vocablo) word

    ¿me permiten decir unas palabras? — could I say a few words?

    no tengo palabras o me faltan palabras para expresar lo que siento — I haven't got the o there aren't words to express how I feel, words fail to express how I feel

    sin decir o chistar * palabra — without a word

    con buenas palabras, me lo dijo con muy buenas palabras — he told me as cool as you like *

    nos entretenía con buenas palabras, pero nunca nos daba el dinero — he palmed us off with smooth talk, but he never gave us the money

    medias palabras — hints

    en una palabra — in a word

    ¡ni una palabra más! — not another word!

    - no cruzar una palabra con algn

    palabras cruzadas LAm (=crucigrama) crossword sing

    palabras mayores offensive language sing

    ser palabras mayores (=ser importante)

    ¿te han hecho directora? ¡eso ya son palabras mayores! — so you've been appointed director, that's really something!

    juego II, 2)
    2) (=facultad de hablar)

    tiene el don de la palabra, es de palabra fácil — he has a way with words, he has the gift of the gab *

    de palabra, he pecado solo de palabra — I've sinned in word only

    dirigir la palabra a algn, hace tiempo que no me dirige la palabra — he hasn't spoken to me for a long time

    3) frm (=turno para hablar) floor

    ceder la palabra a algn, conceder la palabra a algn — to give sb the floor, invite sb to speak

    pedir la palabra — to ask for the floor, ask to be allowed to speak

    tener la palabra — to have the floor

    tomar la palabra — to take the floor, speak

    hacer uso de la palabra — to take the floor, speak

    4) (=promesa) word

    cumplió su palabra — he kept his word, he was true to his word

    palabra que yo no tengo nada que ver* I've got nothing to do with it, (I) promise!

    -¿de verdad que no sabías nada? -¡palabra! o hum ¡palabrita del Niño Jesús! — "you really didn't know anything?" - "cross my heart and hope to die!"

    bajo palabra — (Mil) on parole

    dar o empeñar su palabra — to give one's word

    faltar a su palabra — to go back on o break one's word

    palabra de casamiento, dar palabra de casamiento — to promise to marry

    palabra de honor — word of honour, word of honor (EEUU)

    ¿me das tu palabra de honor de que no dirás nada? — do you give me your word of honour you won't say anything?

    ¡palabra de honor! — word of honour!

    * * *
    1) ( vocablo) word

    en pocas palabras, es un cobarde — in a word, he's a coward

    eso ya son palabras mayores — (refiriéndose - a insulto, acusación) those are strong words; (- a propuesta excesiva) that's taking things too far

    quitarle las palabras de la boca a alguiento take the words right out of somebody's mouth

    tener la última palabrato have the final say

    2) ( promesa) word

    nunca falta a su palabrahe never breaks o goes back on his word

    se lo devolví palabra! — I gave it back to her, honest! (colloq)

    cobrarle la palabra a alguien — (Chi fam) to hold somebody to his/her word (colloq)

    tomarle la palabra a alguien: le tomé la palabra y le pedí un préstamo — I took him up on his offer and asked for a loan

    3)
    a) ( habla) speech

    dejar a alguien con la palabra en la boca: me dejó con la palabra en la boca — ( me interrumpió) he cut me off in mid-sentence; ( no me dejó hablar) he didn't give me a chance to open my mouth

    b) (frml) (en ceremonia, asamblea)

    pido la palabra — may I say something?, I'd like to say something

    tener/tomar la palabra — to have/to take the floor (frml)

    ceder (le) la palabra a alguiento give the floor to somebody (frml), to call upon somebody to speak

    * * *
    = word, headword.
    Ex. A subject index has alphabetical terms or words as headings; These terms represent concepts or subjects.
    Ex. This tool allows the user to generate all known inflected forms from a list of headwords.
    ----
    * agrupar palabras que tienen la mism = merge + word forms.
    * agrupar palabras que tienen la misma raíz = merge + word forms.
    * análisis de la coocurrencia de palabras = co-word analysis.
    * anuncio por palabras = classified advertisement, classified ad.
    * búsqueda de palabras clave = keyword search.
    * búsqueda por palabra del título = title word search.
    * catálogo alfabético de palabras clave = keyword catalogue.
    * citar las palabras de Alguien = quote + Nombre + words.
    * compuesto de varias palabras = multi-word.
    * concepto de múltiples palabras = multiple-word concept.
    * concepto expresado con varias palabras = database host.
    * con sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * con una separación de + Número + palabras = within + Número + words of each other.
    * coocurrencia de palabras = co-word [coword].
    * cumplir (con) + Posesivo + palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * cumplir la palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.
    * dejar sin palabras = nonplus, leave + Nombre + speechless.
    * de múltiples palabras = multiple-word.
    * de palabra = by word of mouth, word-of-mouth.
    * describir con palabras = describe + in words.
    * descriptor compuesto de varias palabras = multiple-word descriptor.
    * de sólo palabras = word-oriented.
    * de una palabra = one-word.
    * de una única palabra = single-word.
    * dirigir la palabra = be civil towards.
    * dirigirse la palabra = on speaking terms.
    * encabezamiento compuesto de varias palabras = multi-word heading.
    * en dos palabras = in a nutshell.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en las palabras de uno mismo = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * en las propias palabras de uno mismo = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * en ningún sentido de la palabra = in any sense of the word.
    * en otras palabras = in other words, to put it another way, which is to say.
    * en palabras = verbally.
    * en pocas palabras = simply put, in brief, to say the least, to put it (quite) simply, in short, to cut a long story short, bottom line, the, put simply, to make a long story short, the short story + be, simply stated.
    * entrada por palabra clave del título = catchword entry.
    * en una palabra = in a nutshell, in a word.
    * escoger las palabras = choose + Posesivo + words (carefully), pick + Posesivo + words (carefully).
    * expresar con palabras = verbalise [verbalize, -USA].
    * expresar los sentimientos con palabras = put + Posesivo + feelings into words.
    * fiarse de la palabra de Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.
    * fiel a la palabra de Uno = true to + Posesivo + word.
    * frecuencia de palabras = word count.
    * gesticular palabras con la boca sin emitir sonido = mouth.
    * hilvanar palabras = orchestrate + words.
    * hombre que no tiene palabra = not a man of his word.
    * índice de palabras del documento = textwords ratio.
    * índice invertido de las palabras del título = title word dictionary.
    * índice KWIC (Palabra Clave en su Contexto) = KWIC (Keyword-in-Context).
    * índice KWIT (Palabra Clave del Título) = KWIT (Keyword-in-Title).
    * índice KWOC (Palabra Clave fuera de su Contexto) = KWOC (Keyword-Out-of-Context).
    * índice permutado de palabras clave = permuted keyword index.
    * indización por palabras clave = keyword indexing.
    * indización por palabras clave del título = catchword indexing, catchword title indexing.
    * indización por palabras del título = title-term indexing.
    * inflexión lingüística de una palabra = word form.
    * intercambiar palabras = bandy + words.
    * juego de palabras = turn of phrase, pun, play of words, play on words.
    * la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * ley de frecuencias de palabras de Zipf = Zipf's word frequency law.
    * lista de palabras clave = go-list [golist].
    * lista de palabras vacías = stop list [stoplist], stopword list.
    * lista permutada de palabras clave = permuted keyword list.
    * mala palabra = dirty word.
    * mantener la palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * medir las palabras = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say, weigh + Posesivo + words (carefully), choose + Posesivo + words (carefully), pick + Posesivo + words (carefully), measure + Posesivo + words (carefully).
    * memorizar palabra por palabra = memorise + word for word.
    * método de ordenación palabra por palabra = word by word method, nothing before something method.
    * !ni una palabra a nadie! = not a word to anyone!.
    * no encontrar palabras = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.
    * no haber palabras para describirlo = beggar + description.
    * nombre compuesto por varias palabras = multiple-word name.
    * número de palabras = wordage.
    * ordenación alfabética palabra por palabra = word by word alphabetisation.
    * ordenación palabra por palabra = word-by-word filing, nothing before something arrangement, word by word arrangement.
    * ordenar alfabéticamente palabra por palabra = arrange + alphabetically word by word.
    * orden inverso de palabras = indirect word order.
    * palabra ambigua = weasel word.
    * palabra clave = keyword [key word], key term.
    * palabra coloquial = slang word.
    * palabra común = common word.
    * palabra de contenido = content word.
    * palabra de control = control word.
    * palabra de Dios = word of God.
    * palabra de entrada principal = primary entry word.
    * palabra del documento = textword.
    * palabra del texto = text word.
    * palabra del título = title word, title term.
    * palabra de moda = buzzword [buzz word], byword.
    * palabra engañosa = weasel word.
    * palabra equívoca = weasel word.
    * palabra escrita, la = written word, the.
    * palabra fosilizada = fossil word.
    * palabra hablada, la = spoken word, the.
    * palabra híbrida = portmanteau word.
    * palabra impresa = words in print.
    * palabra impresa, la = printed word, the.
    * palabra justa, la = mot juste, the.
    * palabra llena de contenido = substantive word.
    * palabra malsonate = expletive.
    * palabra oculta = hidden word.
    * palabra por la que se ordena una entrada = filing word.
    * palabra por palabra = verbatim, word for word.
    * palabra puente = transitional word.
    * palabras = wordage.
    * palabras al viento = hot air.
    * palabras + caer en + saco roto = words + fall on + deaf ears.
    * palabras de agradecimiento = vote of thanks, word of thanks, words of gratitude, congratulatory speech, congratulatory remarks.
    * palabras de alabanza = words of praise.
    * palabras de aliento = pep talk.
    * palabras de ánimo = pep talk.
    * palabras de bienvenida = welcoming remarks, welcome remarks.
    * palabras de consuelo = words of comfort.
    * palabra significativa = content-bearing word, significant word.
    * palabras iniciales = opening statement.
    * palabras literales = quote... unquote.
    * palabras para levantar la moral = pep talk.
    * palabras + penetrar = words + sink.
    * palabras sabias = words of wisdom, pearls of wisdom, nuggets of truth, nuggets of wisdom.
    * palabras usadas = wording.
    * palabra vacía = stopword [stop-word], function word.
    * primera palabra del encabezamiento = entry word.
    * primeras palabras = opening statement.
    * pronunciar las palabras de corrido = slur + words.
    * quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.
    * ¡qué palabras son esas! = watch your language!.
    * raíz de palabra = word stem.
    * recordar + Posesivo + palabras = mark + Posesivo + words.
    * reducción de una palabra a su raíz = stemming.
    * reducir una palabra a su raíz = stem.
    * secuencia de palabras = word string.
    * según las palabras de = to quote + Nombre de Persona, in the words of.
    * según sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own terms.
    * sentido de la palabra = word sense.
    * ser la última palabra = be all the rage.
    * significado de la palabra = word sense.
    * sin decir una palabra = without saying a word.
    * sin palabras = wordless.
    * sopesar las palabras = weigh + Posesivo + words (carefully), choose + Posesivo + words (carefully), pick + Posesivo + words (carefully), measure + Posesivo + words (carefully).
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tomarle la palabra a Alguien = take + Nombre + at + Posesivo + word.
    * última palabra + depender de = ultimate authority + rest with.
    * Posesivo + últimas palabras = last words, Posesivo + dying last words.
    * últimas palabras que se han hecho famosas = famous last words.
    * una imagen vale más que mil palabras = a picture is worth more than ten thousand words.
    * una imagen vale mil palabras = every picture tells a story.
    * un hombre de palabra = a man of his word.
    * un hombre de pocas palabras = a man of few words.
    * variante morfológica de una palabra = word variant.
    * * *
    1) ( vocablo) word

    en pocas palabras, es un cobarde — in a word, he's a coward

    eso ya son palabras mayores — (refiriéndose - a insulto, acusación) those are strong words; (- a propuesta excesiva) that's taking things too far

    quitarle las palabras de la boca a alguiento take the words right out of somebody's mouth

    tener la última palabrato have the final say

    2) ( promesa) word

    nunca falta a su palabrahe never breaks o goes back on his word

    se lo devolví palabra! — I gave it back to her, honest! (colloq)

    cobrarle la palabra a alguien — (Chi fam) to hold somebody to his/her word (colloq)

    tomarle la palabra a alguien: le tomé la palabra y le pedí un préstamo — I took him up on his offer and asked for a loan

    3)
    a) ( habla) speech

    dejar a alguien con la palabra en la boca: me dejó con la palabra en la boca — ( me interrumpió) he cut me off in mid-sentence; ( no me dejó hablar) he didn't give me a chance to open my mouth

    b) (frml) (en ceremonia, asamblea)

    pido la palabra — may I say something?, I'd like to say something

    tener/tomar la palabra — to have/to take the floor (frml)

    ceder (le) la palabra a alguiento give the floor to somebody (frml), to call upon somebody to speak

    * * *
    = word, headword.

    Ex: A subject index has alphabetical terms or words as headings; These terms represent concepts or subjects.

    Ex: This tool allows the user to generate all known inflected forms from a list of headwords.
    * agrupar palabras que tienen la mism = merge + word forms.
    * agrupar palabras que tienen la misma raíz = merge + word forms.
    * análisis de la coocurrencia de palabras = co-word analysis.
    * anuncio por palabras = classified advertisement, classified ad.
    * búsqueda de palabras clave = keyword search.
    * búsqueda por palabra del título = title word search.
    * catálogo alfabético de palabras clave = keyword catalogue.
    * citar las palabras de Alguien = quote + Nombre + words.
    * compuesto de varias palabras = multi-word.
    * concepto de múltiples palabras = multiple-word concept.
    * concepto expresado con varias palabras = database host.
    * con sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * con una separación de + Número + palabras = within + Número + words of each other.
    * coocurrencia de palabras = co-word [coword].
    * cumplir (con) + Posesivo + palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * cumplir la palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.
    * dejar sin palabras = nonplus, leave + Nombre + speechless.
    * de múltiples palabras = multiple-word.
    * de palabra = by word of mouth, word-of-mouth.
    * describir con palabras = describe + in words.
    * descriptor compuesto de varias palabras = multiple-word descriptor.
    * de sólo palabras = word-oriented.
    * de una palabra = one-word.
    * de una única palabra = single-word.
    * dirigir la palabra = be civil towards.
    * dirigirse la palabra = on speaking terms.
    * encabezamiento compuesto de varias palabras = multi-word heading.
    * en dos palabras = in a nutshell.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en las palabras de uno mismo = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * en las propias palabras de uno mismo = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * en ningún sentido de la palabra = in any sense of the word.
    * en otras palabras = in other words, to put it another way, which is to say.
    * en palabras = verbally.
    * en pocas palabras = simply put, in brief, to say the least, to put it (quite) simply, in short, to cut a long story short, bottom line, the, put simply, to make a long story short, the short story + be, simply stated.
    * entrada por palabra clave del título = catchword entry.
    * en una palabra = in a nutshell, in a word.
    * escoger las palabras = choose + Posesivo + words (carefully), pick + Posesivo + words (carefully).
    * expresar con palabras = verbalise [verbalize, -USA].
    * expresar los sentimientos con palabras = put + Posesivo + feelings into words.
    * fiarse de la palabra de Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.
    * fiel a la palabra de Uno = true to + Posesivo + word.
    * frecuencia de palabras = word count.
    * gesticular palabras con la boca sin emitir sonido = mouth.
    * hilvanar palabras = orchestrate + words.
    * hombre que no tiene palabra = not a man of his word.
    * índice de palabras del documento = textwords ratio.
    * índice invertido de las palabras del título = title word dictionary.
    * índice KWIC (Palabra Clave en su Contexto) = KWIC (Keyword-in-Context).
    * índice KWIT (Palabra Clave del Título) = KWIT (Keyword-in-Title).
    * índice KWOC (Palabra Clave fuera de su Contexto) = KWOC (Keyword-Out-of-Context).
    * índice permutado de palabras clave = permuted keyword index.
    * indización por palabras clave = keyword indexing.
    * indización por palabras clave del título = catchword indexing, catchword title indexing.
    * indización por palabras del título = title-term indexing.
    * inflexión lingüística de una palabra = word form.
    * intercambiar palabras = bandy + words.
    * juego de palabras = turn of phrase, pun, play of words, play on words.
    * la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * ley de frecuencias de palabras de Zipf = Zipf's word frequency law.
    * lista de palabras clave = go-list [golist].
    * lista de palabras vacías = stop list [stoplist], stopword list.
    * lista permutada de palabras clave = permuted keyword list.
    * mala palabra = dirty word.
    * mantener la palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * medir las palabras = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say, weigh + Posesivo + words (carefully), choose + Posesivo + words (carefully), pick + Posesivo + words (carefully), measure + Posesivo + words (carefully).
    * memorizar palabra por palabra = memorise + word for word.
    * método de ordenación palabra por palabra = word by word method, nothing before something method.
    * !ni una palabra a nadie! = not a word to anyone!.
    * no encontrar palabras = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.
    * no haber palabras para describirlo = beggar + description.
    * nombre compuesto por varias palabras = multiple-word name.
    * número de palabras = wordage.
    * ordenación alfabética palabra por palabra = word by word alphabetisation.
    * ordenación palabra por palabra = word-by-word filing, nothing before something arrangement, word by word arrangement.
    * ordenar alfabéticamente palabra por palabra = arrange + alphabetically word by word.
    * orden inverso de palabras = indirect word order.
    * palabra ambigua = weasel word.
    * palabra clave = keyword [key word], key term.
    * palabra coloquial = slang word.
    * palabra común = common word.
    * palabra de contenido = content word.
    * palabra de control = control word.
    * palabra de Dios = word of God.
    * palabra de entrada principal = primary entry word.
    * palabra del documento = textword.
    * palabra del texto = text word.
    * palabra del título = title word, title term.
    * palabra de moda = buzzword [buzz word], byword.
    * palabra engañosa = weasel word.
    * palabra equívoca = weasel word.
    * palabra escrita, la = written word, the.
    * palabra fosilizada = fossil word.
    * palabra hablada, la = spoken word, the.
    * palabra híbrida = portmanteau word.
    * palabra impresa = words in print.
    * palabra impresa, la = printed word, the.
    * palabra justa, la = mot juste, the.
    * palabra llena de contenido = substantive word.
    * palabra malsonate = expletive.
    * palabra oculta = hidden word.
    * palabra por la que se ordena una entrada = filing word.
    * palabra por palabra = verbatim, word for word.
    * palabra puente = transitional word.
    * palabras = wordage.
    * palabras al viento = hot air.
    * palabras + caer en + saco roto = words + fall on + deaf ears.
    * palabras de agradecimiento = vote of thanks, word of thanks, words of gratitude, congratulatory speech, congratulatory remarks.
    * palabras de alabanza = words of praise.
    * palabras de aliento = pep talk.
    * palabras de ánimo = pep talk.
    * palabras de bienvenida = welcoming remarks, welcome remarks.
    * palabras de consuelo = words of comfort.
    * palabra significativa = content-bearing word, significant word.
    * palabras iniciales = opening statement.
    * palabras literales = quote... unquote.
    * palabras para levantar la moral = pep talk.
    * palabras + penetrar = words + sink.
    * palabras sabias = words of wisdom, pearls of wisdom, nuggets of truth, nuggets of wisdom.
    * palabras usadas = wording.
    * palabra vacía = stopword [stop-word], function word.
    * primera palabra del encabezamiento = entry word.
    * primeras palabras = opening statement.
    * pronunciar las palabras de corrido = slur + words.
    * quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.
    * ¡qué palabras son esas! = watch your language!.
    * raíz de palabra = word stem.
    * recordar + Posesivo + palabras = mark + Posesivo + words.
    * reducción de una palabra a su raíz = stemming.
    * reducir una palabra a su raíz = stem.
    * secuencia de palabras = word string.
    * según las palabras de = to quote + Nombre de Persona, in the words of.
    * según sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own terms.
    * sentido de la palabra = word sense.
    * ser la última palabra = be all the rage.
    * significado de la palabra = word sense.
    * sin decir una palabra = without saying a word.
    * sin palabras = wordless.
    * sopesar las palabras = weigh + Posesivo + words (carefully), choose + Posesivo + words (carefully), pick + Posesivo + words (carefully), measure + Posesivo + words (carefully).
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tomarle la palabra a Alguien = take + Nombre + at + Posesivo + word.
    * última palabra + depender de = ultimate authority + rest with.
    * Posesivo + últimas palabras = last words, Posesivo + dying last words.
    * últimas palabras que se han hecho famosas = famous last words.
    * una imagen vale más que mil palabras = a picture is worth more than ten thousand words.
    * una imagen vale mil palabras = every picture tells a story.
    * un hombre de palabra = a man of his word.
    * un hombre de pocas palabras = a man of few words.
    * variante morfológica de una palabra = word variant.

    * * *
    A (vocablo) word
    una palabra de seis letras a six-letter word
    es un bruto en toda la extensión de la palabra he's a brute, in every sense of the word
    palabras, palabras, yo lo que quiero son hechos I've heard enough words o talk, I want to see some action
    es un hombre de pocas palabras he's a man of few words
    sólo quiero decir unas palabras I just want to say a few words
    tras unas palabras de saludo after a few words of welcome
    no encuentro or tengo palabras para expresarles mi agradecimiento I cannot find words to express my gratitude to you
    mira, yo te lo puedo explicar en dos palabras look, let me put it to you simply
    en pocas palabras, es un cobarde basically o to put it bluntly, he's a coward
    ¿te parece bien? — en una palabra, no is that all right? in a word, no
    lo tradujo palabra por palabra he translated it word for word
    ni una palabra más, te quedas a cenar not another word o I don't want to hear another word, you're staying for dinner
    yo no sabía ni una palabra del asunto I didn't know a thing o anything about it
    de esto ni una palabra a nadie not a word to anyone about this
    no entendí (ni) una palabra de lo que dijo I didn't understand a (single) word of what he said
    sin decir (una) palabra without a word
    con (muy) buenas palabras in the nicest possible way
    decirle a algn cuatro palabras bien dichas to tell sb a few home truths
    eso ya son palabras mayores (refiriéndosea un insulto) those are strong words; (— a una acusación) that's a serious accusation, those are strong words; (— a una propuesta excesiva) that's taking things too far, that's a bit excessive
    la última palabra the last word
    en este asunto la última palabra le corresponde a Juárez Juárez has the final say on this matter
    quitarle las palabras de la boca a algn to take the words right out of sb's mouth
    tener unas palabras con algn to have words with sb ( colloq)
    tuvieron unas palabras por un asunto de dinero they had words over some money matter
    las palabras se las lleva el viento actions speak louder than words
    a palabras necias oídos sordos take no notice of the stupid things people say
    malo1 adj Sense II. (↑ malo (1))
    Compuestos:
    key word
    compound word
    palabra funcional or vacía
    function word
    fpl (CS) crossword, crossword puzzle
    B (promesa) word
    me basta con tu palabra your word is enough for me
    me dio su palabra she gave me her word
    es una mujer de palabra she's a woman of her word
    siempre cumple con su palabra she always keeps her word
    nunca falta a su palabra he never breaks o goes back on his word
    palabra que yo no sabía nada ( fam); honest o really o ( BrE) straight up, I didn't know a thing about it ( colloq)
    se lo devolví ¡palabra! I gave it back to her, honest! ( colloq)
    cobrarle la palabra a algn ( Chi fam); to take sb up on sth ( colloq), to keep o hold sb to his/her word
    tomarle la palabra a algn: le tome la palabra y le pedí un préstamo I took him up on his offer and asked for a loan
    Compuesto:
    word of honor*
    le dio su palabra de honor de que no volvería a hacerlo he gave her his word of honor o his solemn word that he wouldn't do it again
    yo no fui ¡palabra de honor! it wasn't me, word of honor o I swear!
    C
    1 (habla) speech
    el don de la palabra the gift of speech
    me invitó sólo de palabra I only got a verbal invitation
    fue un acuerdo de palabra it was a verbal agreement
    pecar de pensamiento, palabra y obra to sin in thought, word and deed
    no me dirigió la palabra en toda la noche she didn't speak to me all night
    nos ha retirado la palabra she doesn't speak to us anymore, she no longer deigns to speak to us ( hum)
    dejar a algn con la palabra en la boca: me dejó con la palabra en la boca (me interrumpió) he cut me off in mid-sentence; (no me dejó hablar) he didn't give me a chance to open my mouth
    2 ( frml)
    (en una ceremonia, asamblea): pido la palabra may I say something?, I'd like to say something
    tiene la palabra el delegado estudiantil the student delegate has the floor ( frml)
    no le concedieron la palabra he was denied permission to speak, he was denied the floor ( frml)
    ceder la palabra a algn to give the floor to sb ( frml), to call upon sb to speak
    a continuación hizo uso de la palabra el presidente de la institución then the president of the institute made a speech
    * * *

     

    palabra sustantivo femenino
    1 ( vocablo) word;

    no son más que palabras it's all talk;
    en pocas palabras, es un cobarde in a word, he's a coward;
    palabra por palabra word for word;
    yo no sabía ni una palabra del asunto I didn't know a thing o anything about it;
    no entendí (ni) una palabra I didn't understand a (single) word;
    sin decir (una) palabra without a word;
    palabra compuesta compound word;
    tener la última palabra to have the final say
    2 ( promesa) word;
    palabra de honor word of honor( conjugate honor);

    una mujer de palabra a woman of her word;
    cumplió con su palabra she kept her word;
    nunca falta a su palabra he never breaks o goes back on his word
    3
    a) ( habla) speech;


    un acuerdo de palabra a verbal agreement;
    no me dirigió la palabra she didn't speak to me;
    dejar a algn con la palabra en la boca to cut sb off in mid-sentence
    b) (frml) (en ceremonia, asamblea):


    tener/tomar la palabra to have/to take the floor (frml)
    palabra sustantivo femenino
    1 word
    lo resumió en pocas palabras, she summarised it in a few words
    (discurso) me quedé con la palabra en la boca, I was left speechless
    Juan es hombre de pocas palabras, Juan is a man of few words
    2 (capacidad para hablar) me dejó sin palabra, I was speechless
    3 (compromiso) word: me dio su palabra, he gave me his word
    no tiene palabra, she never keeps her word
    4 (turno para hablar) right to speak
    tener la palabra, to have the floor
    ♦ Locuciones: dirigir la palabra a alguien, to address sb
    de palabra, by word of mouth
    ' palabra' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abogada
    - abogado
    - abreviar
    - acento
    - ayunas
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bañera
    - bar
    - bastante
    - calor
    - ceder
    - chalet
    - chimenea
    - ciudad
    - colmo
    - comida
    - comprometerse
    - culta
    - culto
    - decirse
    - disonante
    - empeñar
    - entredicho
    - faltar
    - fresca
    - fresco
    - histórica
    - histórico
    - honor
    - justa
    - justo
    - ladrón
    - ladrona
    - lata
    - mayoría
    - mirar
    - muletilla
    - padre
    - piso
    - promesa
    - pronunciar
    - recta
    - recto
    - saludar
    - saludo
    - sigla
    - subrayar
    - taco
    - tela
    English:
    absent
    - buzz off
    - cagey
    - clinch
    - connotation
    - current
    - date
    - dated
    - derive
    - do
    - engine driver
    - female
    - fish
    - floor
    - fuck
    - go back on
    - high
    - honour
    - interrogative
    - lady
    - marmalade
    - match
    - mint
    - misuse
    - operative
    - score out
    - sense
    - shorten
    - speak
    - spectacle
    - speech
    - state-of-the-art
    - storey
    - true
    - use
    - verbatim
    - way
    - word
    - a
    - call
    - compound
    - key
    - strict
    - swear
    - take
    - unwritten
    * * *
    nf
    1. [término, vocablo] word;
    con palabras no puedo expresar lo que sentía words cannot express what I felt;
    dilo con tus propias palabras say it in your own words;
    lo dijo, aunque no con esas palabras she said it, though not in so many words;
    buenas palabras fine-sounding words;
    no cruzaron palabra en todo el camino they didn't exchange a word throughout the journey;
    dejar a alguien con la palabra en la boca to cut sb off in mid-sentence;
    no le dirige la palabra a su madre desde hace semanas he hasn't spoken to his mother for weeks;
    en cuatro o [m5] dos palabras in a few words;
    en otras palabras in other words;
    en una palabra in a word;
    lo dijo todo a medias palabras she only hinted at what she meant;
    medir las palabras to weigh one's words (carefully);
    no habla ni (media) palabra de español she doesn't speak a word of Spanish;
    yo de este tema no sé ni (media) palabra I don't know a thing about this subject;
    no dijo palabra he didn't say a word;
    palabra por palabra word for word;
    me has quitado la palabra de la boca you took the words right out of my mouth;
    lo de comprar una casa son palabras mayores buying a house is a very serious matter;
    no hace falta llegar a palabras mayores there is no need to get nasty about it;
    le aguanto casi todo, pero eso ya son palabras mayores I'll put up with almost anything from him, but that's going a bit (too) far;
    sin mediar palabra without a single word;
    tener la última palabra to have the last word;
    tener unas palabras con alguien to have words with sb;
    tuvo que tragarse sus palabras he had to eat his words;
    a palabras necias, oídos sordos sticks and stones may break my bones (but words will never hurt me)
    Informát palabra clave keyword;
    palabra compuesta compound word;
    CSur palabras cruzadas crossword;
    palabra de Dios word of God
    2. [juramento, promesa] word;
    es su palabra contra la mía it's her word against mine;
    dar/empeñar la palabra to give/pledge one's word;
    ella me dio su palabra she gave me her word;
    dio (su) palabra de que nada saldría mal he gave his word that nothing would go wrong;
    estar bajo palabra [en juicio] to be under oath;
    faltó a su palabra he went back on his word, he broke o didn't keep his word;
    mantuvo su palabra she kept her word;
    no tiene palabra he's not a man of his word;
    tienes mi palabra you have my word;
    tomar la palabra a alguien to hold sb to their word
    palabra de honor word of honour;
    ¡palabra (de honor)! honestly!;
    yo no sabía nada, ¡palabra (de honor)! I didn't know anything, honestly! o I swear!
    3. [habla] speech;
    con el susto perdió la palabra the shock left her speechless;
    de palabra by word of mouth, verbally;
    el trato se hizo de palabra it was a purely verbal agreement o a gentleman's agreement
    4. [derecho de hablar]
    dar la palabra a alguien to give sb the floor;
    pedir la palabra to ask for the floor;
    ¡pido la palabra! could I say something, please?;
    tomar la palabra to take the floor
    5.
    palabras [discurso] words;
    nm
    palabra de honor [vestido] strapless dress
    * * *
    f tb fig
    word;
    palabra por palabra word for word;
    bajo palabra on parole;
    en una palabra in a word;
    de pocas palabras persona of few words;
    tomar a alguien la palabra take s.o. at his/her word;
    dejar a alguien con la palabra en la boca fig cut s.o. off in mid-sentence;
    buenas palabras fine words;
    lo de tener un hijo son palabras mayores having a child is a serious business o is not something to be undertaken lightly;
    con medias palabras dijo … he hinted that …, he half said that …
    * * *
    1) vocablo: word
    2) promesa: word, promise
    un hombre de palabra: a man of his word
    3) habla: speech
    4) : right to speak
    tener la palabra: to have the floor
    * * *
    palabra n word
    ¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? what does this word mean?

    Spanish-English dictionary > palabra

  • 10 διά

    διά prep. w. gen. and acc. (Hom.+) (for lit. s. ἀνά, beg.); the fundamental idea that finds expression in this prep. is separation, esp. in the gen., with the gener. sense ‘through’; in the acc. the gener. sense also is ‘through’ (cp. the semantic range in Eng.), but primarily with a causal focus ‘owing to’.
    A. w. gen.
    marker of extension through an area or object, via, through
    w. verbs of going διέρχεσθαι διὰ πάντων (sc. τόπων, EpArist 132) go through all the places Ac 9:32; cp. Mt 12:43; Lk 11:24. ἀπελεύσομαι διʼ ὑμῶν εἰς I will go through your city on the way to Ro 15:28; cp. 2 Cor. 1:16. διαβαίνειν Hb 11:29. διαπορεύεσθαι διὰ σπορίμων Lk 6:1. εἰσέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς πύλης (Jos., Ant. 13, 229) Mt 7:13a; τ. θύρας J 10:1f; cp. vs. 9. παρέρχεσθαι διὰ τ. ὁδοῦ pass by along the road Mt 8:28; cp. 7:13b. παραπορεύεσθαι Mk 2:23; 9:30. περιπατεῖν διὰ τοῦ φωτός walk about through or in the light Rv 21:24. ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας return through M. Ac 20:3.—Ἰης. ὁ ἐλθὼν διʼ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1J 5:6 first of all refers quite literally to Jesus’ passing through water at the hand of John and through blood at his death (on the expression ‘come through blood’ in this sense cp. Eur., Phoen. 20 in Alex. Aphr., Fat. 31 II 2 p. 202, 10, of the oracle to Laius the father of Oedipus, concerning the bloody downfall of his house: πᾶς σὸς οἶκος βήσεται διʼ αἵματος). But mng. 3c may also apply: Jesus comes with the water of baptism and with the blood of redemption for his own.—AKlöpper, 1J 5:6–12: ZWT 43, 1900, 378–400.—The ῥῆμα ἐκπορευόμενον διὰ στόματος θεοῦ Mt 4:4 (Dt 8:3) is simply the word that proceeds out of the mouth of God (cp. Theognis 1, 18 Diehl3 τοῦτʼ ἔπος ἀθανάτων ἦλθε διὰ στομάτων; Pittacus in Diog. L. 1, 78 διὰ στόματος λαλεῖ; Chrysippus argues in Diog. L. 7, 187: εἴ τι λαλεῖς, τοῦτο διὰ τοῦ στόματός σου διέρχεται, i.e. if one e.g. says the word ἅμαξα, a wagon passes through the person’s lips; TestIss 7:4 ψεῦδος οὐκ ἀνῆλθε διὰ τ. χειλέων μου. Cp. also δέχεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Gen 33:10 beside δέχ. ἐκ τ. χειρ. τινος Ex 32:4).
    w. other verbs that include motion: οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος διὰ πασῶν τ. ἐκκλησιῶν (sc. ἀγγέλλεται) throughout all the congregations 2 Cor 8:18. διαφέρεσθαι διʼ (v.l. καθʼ) ὅλης τῆς χώρας be spread through the whole region Ac 13:49. διὰ τ. κεράμων καθῆκαν αὐτόν they let him down through the tile roof Lk 5:19. διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν through an opening in the wall (Jos., Ant. 5, 15) Ac 9:25; cp. 2 Cor 11:33. (σωθήσεται) ὡς διὰ πυρός as if he had come through fire 1 Cor 3:15. διασῴζεσθαι διʼ ὕδατος be brought safely through the water 1 Pt 3:20.—διʼ ὅλου J 19:23 s. ὅλος 2.
    of a whole period of time, to its very end throughout, through, during διὰ παντός (sc. χρόνου. Edd. gener. write διὰ παντός, but Tdf. writes διαπαντός exc. Mt 18:10) always, continually, constantly (Hdt. 1, 122, 3; Thu. 1, 38, 1; Vett. Val. 220, 1; 16; PLond I, 42, 6 [172 B.C.] p. 30; BGU 1078, 2; PGM 7, 235; LXX; GrBar 10:7; EpArist index; Jos., Ant. 3, 281; SibOr Fgm. 1, 17; Just., D. 6, 2; 12, 3 al.) Mt 18:10; Mk 5:5; Lk 24:53; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 10:2; 24:16; Ro 11:10 (Ps 68:24); 2 Th 3:16; Hb 9:6; 13:15; Hm 5, 2, 3; Hs 9, 27, 3. διὰ νυκτός during the night, overnight (νύξ 1b) Ac 23:31. διʼ ὅλης νυκτός the whole night through Lk 5:5; J 21:6 v.l. (X., An. 4, 2, 4; Diod S 3, 12, 3 διʼ ὅλης τῆς νυκτός; PGM 4, 3151; Jos., Ant. 6, 37; cp. διʼ ἡμέρας all through the day: IPriene 112, 61 and 99; 1 Macc 12:27; 4 Macc 3:7). διʼ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα Ac 1:3 means either for forty days (Philo, Vi. Cont. 35 διʼ ἓξ ἡμερῶν. So AFridrichsen, ThBl 6, 1927, 337–41; MEnslin, JBL 47, 1928, 60–73) or (s. b below) now and then in the course of 40 days (B-D-F §223, 1; Rob. 581; WMichaelis, ThBl 4, 1925, 102f; Bruce, Acts). διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν throughout the lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου: X., Mem. 1, 2, 61; Pla., Phileb. 39e; Dionys. Hal. 2, 21; διʼ ὅλου τοῦ ζῆν EpArist 130; 141; 168).
    of a period of time within which someth. occurs during, at (PTebt 48, 10) διὰ (τῆς) νυκτός at night, during the night (Palaeph. 1, 10; PRyl 138, 15 κατέλαβα τοῦτον διὰ νυκτός; Jos., Bell. 1, 229. S. νύξ 1b end) Ac 5:19; 16:9; 17:10. διὰ τῆς ἡμέρας during the day Lk 9:37 D (Antig. Car. 128 διὰ πέμπτης ἡμέρας=on the fifth day). διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν within three days Mt 26:61; Mk 14:58.
    of an interval of time, after (Hdt. 6, 118, 3 διʼ ἐτέων εἴκοσι; Thu. 2, 94, 3; X., Mem. 2, 8, 1; Diod S 5, 28, 6 of transmigration of souls: διʼ ἐτῶν ὡρισμένων [=after the passing of a certain number of years] πάλιν βιοῦν; OGI 56, 38; 4 Macc 13:21; Jos., Ant. 4, 209): διʼ ἐτῶν πλειόνων after several years Ac 24:17. διὰ δεκατεσσάρων (s. under δέκα) ἐτῶν after 14 years Gal 2:1. διʼ ἡμερῶν several days afterward Mk 2:1. διὰ ἱκανοῦ χρόνου after (quite) some time Ac 11:2 D (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 28 διὰ χρόνου).
    marker of instrumentality or circumstance whereby someth. is accomplished or effected, by, via, through
    of means or instrument γράφειν διά χάρτου καὶ μέλανος write w. paper and ink 2J 12; cp. 3J 13 (Plut., Sol. 87 [17, 3]). διὰ πυρὸς δοκιμάζειν test by fire 1 Pt 1:7. διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι Ac 8:20. Hebraistically in expr. denoting activity διὰ χειρῶν τινος (LXX) Mk 6:2; Ac 5:12; 14:3; 19:11, 26. Differently γράφειν διὰ χειρός τινος write through the agency of someone 15:23; cp. 11:30. εἰπεῖν διὰ στόματός τινος by the mouth of someone (where the usage discussed in A1a is influential) 1:16; 3:18, 21; 4:25. εὔσημον λόγον διδόναι διὰ τῆς γλώσσης utter intelligible speech with the tongue 1 Cor 14:9. διὰ τοῦ νοὸς λαλεῖν speak, using one’s reason (=consciously; opp., ecstatic speech) vs. 19 v.l. Of the work of Christ: περιποιεῖσθαι διὰ τοῦ αἵματος obtain through his blood Ac 20:28; cp. Eph 1:7; Col 1:20. Also διὰ τοῦ θανάτου Ro 5:10; Col 1:22; Hb 2:14; διὰ τοῦ σώματος Ro 7:4; διὰ τῆς ἰδίας σαρκός AcPlCor 2:6; cp. 2:15; διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ Eph 2:16; διὰ τῆς θυσίας Hb 9:26; διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ through the offering of the body of Jesus 10:10; διὰ παθημάτων 2:10.
    of manner, esp. w. verbs of saying: ἀπαγγέλλειν διὰ λόγου by word of mouth Ac 15:27; cp. 2 Th 2:15. διʼ ἐπιστολῶν by letter (POxy 1066, 9; 1070, 14f πολλάκις σοι γράψας διὰ ἐπιστολῶν πολλῶν; Tat. 12:3 δια γραφῆς in writing) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 10:11; cp. 2 Th 2:2, 15. διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ w. many words Ac 15:32. διʼ ὁράματος εἰπεῖν in a vision 18:9. διὰ παραβολῆς in an illustrative way, in a parable Lk 8:4. διὰ προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως προσεύχεσθαι call on (God) w. prayer and supplication Eph 6:18. διὰ βραχέων ἐπιστέλλειν write briefly Hb 13:22 (cp. 1 Pt 5:12 P72; Isocr. 14, 3; Lucian, Tox. 56; EpArist 128; Ath. 17:1 σκέψασθε … διὰ βρ.). Also διʼ ὀλίγων γράφειν 1 Pt 5:12 (Pla., Phileb. 31d; UPZ 42, 9 [162 B.C.]; 2 Macc 6:17).
    of attendant or prevailing circumstance (Kühner-G. I 482f; X., Cyr. 4, 6, 6 διὰ πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγων; Just., D. 105, 2 διʼ οὗ πάθους ἔμελλενἀποθνῄσκειν; PTebt 35, 9 [111 B.C.] διὰ τῆς γνώμης τινός=with someone’s consent; Jos., Bell. 4, 105) σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου you who, (though provided) with the written code and circumcision, are a transgressor/violator of the law Ro 2:27. διʼ ὑπομονῆς 8:25. διὰ προσκόμματος eat with offense (to the scruples of another) 14:20. διʼ ἀκροβυστίας in a state of being uncircumcised 4:11. διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων with many tears 2 Cor 2:4. Cp. 6:7. διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 2 Pt 1:3 ( through recognition [of God as source of the gifts], s. Danker, Benefactor 457). διὰ πυρός in fiery form AcPlCor 2:13.—Here prob. belongs σωθήσεται διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 Ti 2:15 (opp. of the negative theme in Gen. 3:16), but s. d next. On 1J 5:6 s. A1a above.
    of efficient cause via, through διὰ νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας ( only) recognition of sin comes via the law Ro 3:20; cp. 4:13. τὰ παθήματα τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου passions aroused via the law 7:5. διὰ νόμου πίστεως by the law of faith 3:27; Gal 2:19. ἀφορμὴν λαμβάνειν διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς Ro 7:8, 11; cp. 13. διὰ τ. εὐαγγελίου ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα (spiritual parenthood) 1 Cor 4:15. Perh. 1 Ti 2:15 but s. c, above. διὰ τῆς σοφίας with its wisdom 1 Cor 1:21; opp. διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ κηρύγματος through the folly of proclamation = foolish proclamation ibid. διὰ τῆς Λευιτικῆς ἱερωσύνης Hb 7:11. Freq. διὰ (τῆς) πίστεως Ro 1:12; 3:22, 25, 30f; Gal 2:16; 3:14, 26; Eph 2:8; 3:12, 17 al. Cp. AcPl Cor 2:8. πίστις διʼ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη faith which works through (=expresses itself in) deeds of love Gal 5:6. διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ if God is willing Ro 15:32; by the will of God 1 Cor 1:1; 2 Cor 1:1; 8:5; Eph 1:1; Col 1:1; 2 Ti 1:1.
    of occasion διὰ τῆς χάριτος by virtue of the grace Ro 12:3; Gal 1:15 (Just., D. 100, 2).—3:18; 4:23; Phlm 22. διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς in consequence of his glory and excellence 2 Pt 1:3 v.l.
    in wording of urgent requests διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ by the mercy of God Ro 12:1; cp. 15:30; 1 Cor 1:10; 2 Cor 10:1.
    marker of pers. agency, through, by
    with focus on agency through ( the agency of), by (X., An. 2, 3, 17 διʼ ἑρμηνέως λέγειν; Menand., Fgm. 210, 1 οὐθεὶς διʼ ἀνθρώπου θεὸς σῴζει … ἑτέρου τόν ἕτερον; Achilles Tat. 7, 1, 3 διʼ ἐκείνου μαθεῖν; Just., D. 75, 4 διὰ παρθένου γεννηθῆναι; PMert 5, 8 γεομετρηθῆναι διʼ αὐτοῦ) ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Mt 1:22; 2:15, 23; 4:14 al. (cp. Just., A I, 47, 5 διὰ Ἠσαίου τοῦ πρ.). γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν Lk 18:31; cp. Ac 2:22; 10:36; 15:12 al. διʼ ἀνθρώπου by human agency Gal 1:1. διὰ Μωϋσέως through Moses (Jos., Ant. 7, 338; Mel., P. 11, 77 διὰ χειρὸς Μωυσέως) J 1:17; under Moses’ leadership Hb 3:16. διʼ ἀγγέλων by means of divine messengers (TestJob 18:5 διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου; cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 136, but s. n. by RMarcus, Loeb ed., ad loc.) Gal 3:19; Hb 2:2. πέμψας διὰ τ. μαθητῶν εἶπεν sent and said through his disciples Mt 11:2f. Cp. the short ending of Mk. γράφειν διά τινος of the bearer IRo 10:1; IPhld 11:2; ISm 12:1, but also of pers. who had a greater or smaller part in drawing up some document (Dionys. of Cor. in Eus., HE 4, 23, 11) 1 Pt 5:12 (on the practice s. ERichards, The Secretary in the Letters of Paul ’91). In this case διά comes close to the mng. represented by (LWenger, D. Stellvertretung im Rechte d. Pap. 1906, 9ff; Dssm., LO 98 [LAE 123f]). So also κρίνει ὁ θεὸς διὰ Χρ. Ἰ. God judges, represented by Christ Jesus Ro 2:16. Christ as intermediary in the creation of the world J 1:3, 10; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16.—εὐχαριστεῖν τ. θεῷ διὰ Ἰ. Χρ. thank God through Jesus Christ Ro 1:8; 7:25; Col 3:17.—Occasionally the mediation becomes actual presence (references for this usage in BKeil, Anonymus Argentinensis 1902, p. 192, 1; 306 note) διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων in the presence of many witnesses 2 Ti 2:2 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 114, 31 διὰ θεοῦ μέσου=in the presence of God as mediator; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 187 τὸ διὰ μαρτύρων κλαίειν=weeping in the presence of witnesses).
    with focus on the originator of an action (Hom. et al.; pap, LXX, EpArist)
    α. of human activity (PSI 354, 6 [254 B.C.] τὸν χόρτον τὸν συνηγμένον διʼ ἡμῶν=by us; 500, 5; 527, 12; 1 Esdr 6:13; 2 Macc 6:21; 4 Macc 1:11) 2 Cor 1:11 (where διὰ πολλῶν resumes ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων). ᾧ παρέλαβε κανόνι διὰ τῶν μακαρίων προφήτων καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου εὐαγγελίου AcPlCor 2:36.
    β. of divine activity:—of God (Aeschyl., Ag. 1485; Pla., Symp. 186e ἡ ἰατρικὴ πᾶσα διὰ τ. θεοῦ τούτου [Asclepius] κυβερνᾶται; Ael. Aristid., Sarap. [Or. 8 Dind.=45 Keil] 14 K. πάντα γὰρ πανταχοῦ διὰ σοῦ τε καὶ διὰ σὲ ἡμῖν γίγνεται; Zosimus in CALG p. 143 and a magic ring in introd. 133; EpArist 313) 1 Cor 1:9 διʼ οὗ ἐκλήθητε (v.l. ὑπό s. καλέω 4); Ro 11:36 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50; 347f); Hb 2:10b (s. B 2a, below; cp. Ar. 1:5 διʼ αὐτοῦ … τὰ πάντα συνέστηκεν).—Of Christ Ro 1:5; 5:9, 17f, 21; 8:37; 2 Cor 1:20 al. (ASchettler, D. paulin. Formel ‘durch Christus’ 1907; GJonker, De paulin. formule ‘door Christus’: ThSt 27, 1909, 173–208).—Of the Holy Spirit Ac 11:28; 21:4; Ro 5:5.
    At times διά w. gen. seems to have causal mng. (Rdm. 142; POxy 299, 2 [I A.D.] ἔδωκα αὐτῷ διὰ σοῦ=because of you; Achilles Tat. 3, 4, 5 διὰ τούτων=for this reason; in Eng. cp. Coleridge, Anc. Mariner 135–36: Every tongue thro’ utter drouth Was wither’d at the root, s. OED s.v. ‘through’ I B 8) διὰ τῆς σαρκός because of the resistance of the flesh Ro 8:3.—2 Cor 9:13.—On the use of διά w. gen. in Ro s. Schlaeger, La critique radicale de l’épître aux Rom.: Congr. d’ Hist. du Christ. II 111f.
    B. w. acc.
    marker of extension through an area, through (Hom. and other early Gk. only in poetry, e.g. Pind. P. 9, 123 διʼ ὅμιλον ‘through the throng’; Hellenistic prose since Dionys. Hal. [JKäser, D. Präpositionen b. Dionys. Hal., diss. Erlangen 1915, 54]; ISyriaW 1866b τὸν πάτρωνα διὰ πάντα of the governor of a whole province) διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας Lk 17:11 (cp. SibOr 3, 316 ῥομφαία διελεύσεται διὰ μέσον σεῖο).
    marker of someth. constituting cause
    the reason why someth. happens, results, exists: because of, for the sake of (do something for the sake of a divinity: UPZ 62, 2 [161 B.C.] διὰ τὸν Σάραπιν; JosAs 1:10 διʼ αὐτήν; ApcSed 3:3 διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον; Tat. 8:2 διὰ τὸν … Ἄττιν; Ath. 30, 1 διὰ τὴν Δερκετώ) hated because of the name Mt 10:22; persecution arises because of teaching 13:21; because of unbelief vs. 58; because of a tradition 15:3; διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον (the sabbath was designed) for people Mk 2:27; because of Herodias Mk 6:17 (cp. Just. D. 34, 8 διὰ γυναῖκα); because of a crowd Lk 5:19; 8:19 al; because of Judeans Ac 16:3. διὰ τὸν θόρυβον 21:34; because of rain 28:2. Juristically to indicate guilt: imprisoned for insurrection and murder Lk 23:25. διʼ ὑμᾶς on your account=through your fault Ro 2:24 (Is 52:5). διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν because of the passing over 3:25 (but s. WKümmel, ZTK 49, ’52, 164). διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα on account of transgressions 4:25a (cp. Is 53:5; PsSol 13:5); but διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν in the interest of justification vs. 25b; s. 8:10 for a sim. paired use of διὰ. διὰ τὴν χάριν on the basis of the grace 15:15. διʼ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκός because of a physical ailment (cp. POxy 726, 10f [II A.D.] οὐ δυνάμενος διʼ ἀσθένειαν πλεῦσαι. Cp. ἀσθένεια 1) Gal 4:13. διὰ τὸ θέλημα σου by your will Rv 4:11. διὰ τὸν χρόνον according to the time = by this time Hb 5:12 (Aelian, VH 3, 37 δ. τὸν χρ.=because of the particular time-situation).—W. words denoting emotions out of (Diod S 5, 59, 8 διὰ τὴν λύπην; 18, 25, 1 διὰ τὴν προπέτειαν=out of rashness; Appian, Celt. 1 §9 διʼ ἐλπίδα; 2 Macc 5:21; 7:20; 9:8; 3 Macc 5:32, 41; Tob 8:7): διὰ φθόνον out of envy Mt 27:18; Phil 1:15. διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους out of tender mercy Lk 1:78. διὰ τ. φόβον τινός out of fear of someone J 7:13. διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην out of the great love Eph 2:4. διὰ τ. πλεονεξίαν in their greediness B 10:4.—Of God as the ultimate goal or purpose of life, whereas διά w. gen. (s. A4bβ above) represents God as Creator, Hb 2:10a (s. Norden, op. cit.; PGM 13, 76 διὰ σὲ συνέστηκεν … ἡ γῆ). Cp. J 6:57 (s. Bultmann ad loc.) PtK 2.
    in direct questions διὰ τί; why? (Hyperid. 3, 17; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 28; Ael. Aristid. 31 p. 597 D.; oft. LXX; TestJob 37:8; TestLevi 2:9; GrBar, Tat; Mel., Fgm. 8b, 42) mostly in an interrogative clause Mt 9:11, 14; 13:10; 15:2f; 17:19; 21:25; Mk 2:18; 11:31; Lk 5:30; 19:23, 31; 20:5; 24:38; J 7:45; 8:43, 46; 12:5; 13:37; Ac 5:3; 1 Cor 6:7; Rv 17:7. Simply διὰ τί; (Hyperid. 3, 23) Ro 9:32; 2 Cor 11:11. Also διατί (always in t.r. and often by Tdf.; TestJob 46:2) B 8:4, 6; Hm 2:5; Hs 5, 5, 5. Kvan Leeuwen Boomkamp, Τι et Διατι dans les évangiles: RevÉtGr 39, 1926, 327–31.—In real and supposed answers and inferences διὰ τοῦτο therefore (X., An. 1, 7, 3; 7, 19; oft. LXX; JosAs 7:7; Ar. 12, 2; Just., A I, 44, 5 al.; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac.) Mt 6:25; 12:27, 31; 13:13, 52; 14:2; 18:23; 21:43; 23:13 v.l.; 24:44; Mk 11:24; 12:24; Lk 11:19 al. Also διὰ ταῦτα (Epict.) Eph 5:6. διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι for this reason, (namely) that J 5:16, 18; 8:47; 10:17; 12:18, 39; 15:19; 1J 3:1. διὰ τοῦτο ἵνα for this reason, (in order) that (Lucian, Abdic. 1) J 1:31; 2 Cor 13:10; 1 Ti 1:16; Phlm 15. Also διὰ τοῦτο ὅπως Hb 9:15.
    διά foll. by inf. or acc. w. inf., representing a causal clause, because (Gen 39:9; Dt 1:36; 1 Macc 6:53; GrBar 8:4; Demetr.: 722 fgm 1:1 al.) διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος because it had no depth Mt 13:5f; Mk 4:5f (διὰ τὸ μή w. inf.: X., Mem. 1, 3, 5; Hero Alex. I 348, 7; III 274, 19; Lucian, Hermot. 31); because lawlessness increases Mt 24:12; διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου Δ.. Lk 2:4; because it was built well 6:48 al. διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων because it was said by some Lk 9:7 (for the constr. cp. Herodian 7, 12, 7 διὰ τὸ τὰς ἐξόδους ὑπὸ τ. πυρὸς προκατειλῆφθαι=because the exit-routes were blocked by the fire).
    instead of διά w. gen. to denote the efficient cause we may have διά, by
    α. w. acc. of thing (schol. on Pind., N. 4, 79a; 2 Macc 12:11; EpArist 77) διὰ τὸ αἷμα by the blood Rv 12:11. διὰ τὰ σημεῖα by the miracles 13:14.
    β. w. acc. of pers. and freq. as expr. of favorable divine action (Aristoph., Plut. 468; Dionys. Hal. 8, 33, 3, 1579 μέγας διὰ τ. θεούς ἐγενόμην; Ael. Aristid. 24, 1 K.=44 p. 824 D.: διʼ οὓς [= θεούς] ἐσώθην; SIG 1122; OGI 458, 40; PGM 13, 579 διῳκονομήθη τ. πάντα διὰ σέ; EpArist 292; Sir 15:11; 3 Macc 6:36: other exx. in SEitrem and AFridrichsen, E. christl. Amulett auf Pap. 1921, 24). ζῶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα J 6:57 (cp. PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Isis σὺ κυρεῖς τὰ πάντα, διὰ σὲ δʼ εἰσορῶ φαός ‘you are responsible for everything and thanks to you I can see light’). διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα by the one who subjected it Ro 8:20.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > διά

  • 11 medio

    adj.
    1 half a, half, half an, mid.
    2 average.
    3 half-way, halfway.
    4 one-half.
    adv.
    half-way, half, kind of, partially.
    m.
    1 means, manner, mode, way.
    2 center, midway, midst.
    3 medium, instrument, means.
    4 environment.
    5 halfback.
    6 medium.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: mediar.
    * * *
    1 (mitad) half
    2 (intermedio) middle
    3 (de promedio) average
    una velocidad media de... an average speed of...
    1 half
    medio terminado,-a half-finished
    1 (mitad) half
    2 (centro) middle
    3 (contexto - físico) environment
    4 (social) circle
    1 (recursos) means
    \
    equivocarse de medio a medio to get it all wrong
    estar (todo) por el medio to be in the way
    ponerse en medio to get in the way
    por medio de through, by means of
    por todos los medios by all means
    quitar algo/alguien de en medio to get something/somebody out of the way
    media aritmética arithmetic mean
    medio ambiente environment
    medio fondo middle-distance
    medios de transporte means of transport
    ————————
    1 (mitad) half
    2 (centro) middle
    3 (contexto - físico) environment
    4 (social) circle
    * * *
    1. (f. - media)
    adj.
    2) half
    2. adv.
    1) half
    3. noun m.
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=la mitad de) half

    media pensión[en hotel] half-board

    media horahalf an hour

    media luna — (Astron) half-moon

    la Media Luna[en el Islam] the Crescent

    asta, luz 1), mundo 2), naranja 1., 3), palabra 1), voz 1), vuelta 1)
    2) (=intermedio)

    a medio camino, estamos a medio camino — we're halfway there

    plazo
    3) (=promedio) average
    término 2)
    4) (=normal) average
    5)

    a medias, lo dejó hecho a medias — he left it half-done

    lo pagamos a mediaswe share o split the cost

    2. ADV
    1) [con adjetivo] half

    es medio tonto — he's not very bright, he's a bit on the slow side

    2) [con verbo, adverbio]

    está a medio escribir/terminar — it is half-written/finished

    3) LAm (=bastante) rather, quite, pretty *
    3. SM
    1) (=centro) middle, centre, center (EEUU)

    de en medio, la casa de en medio — the middle house

    de por medio, hay droga de por medio — drugs are involved

    día (de) por medio LAm every other day

    en medio, iba a besarla, pero él se puso en medio — I was going to kiss her, but he got between us

    por medio de, pasar por medio de — to go through (the middle of)

    de medio a medio —

    2) (Dep) midfielder

    medio apertura — (Rugby) fly-half

    medio (de) melé — (Rugby) scrum-half

    3) (=método) means pl, way

    no hay medio de conseguirlo — there is no way of getting it, it's impossible to get

    poner todos los medios para hacer algo, no regatear medios para hacer algo — to spare no effort to do sth

    por medio de, se mueve por medio de poleas — it moves by means of o using a pulley system

    respira por medio de las agallasit breathes through o using o by means of its gills

    4) pl los medios (tb: los medios de comunicación difusión) the media
    5) pl medios (=recursos) means, resources
    6) (Bio) (tb: medio ambiente) environment
    7) (=círculo) circle
    * * *
    I
    - dia adjetivo

    medio litro — half a liter, a half-liter

    media hora — half an hour, a half hour (AmE)

    a media mañana/tarde dio un paseo — he went for a mid-morning/mid-afternoon stroll

    2) (mediano, promedio) average

    el ciudadano/mexicano medio — the average citizen/Mexican

    II
    adverbio half

    está medio loca/dormida — she's half crazy/asleep

    III
    1) (Mat) ( mitad) half
    2)
    a) ( centro) middle

    el asiento de en or del medio — the middle seat, the seat in the middle

    quitarse de en or del medio — to get out of the way

    quitar a alguien de en medio — (euf) to bump somebody off (colloq)

    b) los medios masculino plural (Taur) center* ( of the ring)
    3)
    a) (recurso, manera) means (pl)

    no hay medio de localizarlothere's no way o means of locating him

    b) (Art) ( vehículo) tb
    c) medios masculino plural ( recursos económicos) tb

    medios económicosmeans (pl), resources (pl)

    de por medio: no puedo dejarlo, están los niños de por medio I can't leave him, there are the children to think of; hay intereses creados de por medio there are vested interests involved; había un árbol de por medio there was a tree in the way; en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people; cómo puedes trabajar en medio de este desorden how can you work in all this mess; en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion; en medio de todo all things considered; por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week; dos o tres casas por medio every two or three houses; por medio de by means of; se comunicaban por medio de este sistema they communicated by means of this system; por medio de tu primo from o through your cousin; de medio a medio: te equivocas de medio a medio you're completely wrong; le acertó de medio a medio — she was absolutely right

    5)
    a) (círculo, ámbito)

    en medios literarios/políticos — in literary/political circles

    en medios bien informados se comenta que... — informed opinion has it that...

    b) (Biol) environment
    * * *
    I
    - dia adjetivo

    medio litro — half a liter, a half-liter

    media hora — half an hour, a half hour (AmE)

    a media mañana/tarde dio un paseo — he went for a mid-morning/mid-afternoon stroll

    2) (mediano, promedio) average

    el ciudadano/mexicano medio — the average citizen/Mexican

    II
    adverbio half

    está medio loca/dormida — she's half crazy/asleep

    III
    1) (Mat) ( mitad) half
    2)
    a) ( centro) middle

    el asiento de en or del medio — the middle seat, the seat in the middle

    quitarse de en or del medio — to get out of the way

    quitar a alguien de en medio — (euf) to bump somebody off (colloq)

    b) los medios masculino plural (Taur) center* ( of the ring)
    3)
    a) (recurso, manera) means (pl)

    no hay medio de localizarlothere's no way o means of locating him

    b) (Art) ( vehículo) tb
    c) medios masculino plural ( recursos económicos) tb

    medios económicosmeans (pl), resources (pl)

    de por medio: no puedo dejarlo, están los niños de por medio I can't leave him, there are the children to think of; hay intereses creados de por medio there are vested interests involved; había un árbol de por medio there was a tree in the way; en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people; cómo puedes trabajar en medio de este desorden how can you work in all this mess; en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion; en medio de todo all things considered; por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week; dos o tres casas por medio every two or three houses; por medio de by means of; se comunicaban por medio de este sistema they communicated by means of this system; por medio de tu primo from o through your cousin; de medio a medio: te equivocas de medio a medio you're completely wrong; le acertó de medio a medio — she was absolutely right

    5)
    a) (círculo, ámbito)

    en medios literarios/políticos — in literary/political circles

    en medios bien informados se comenta que... — informed opinion has it that...

    b) (Biol) environment
    * * *
    medio1
    = middle, one-half (1/2).

    Ex: The purpose of the insert key is to allow the insertion of one or more characters in the middle of a field without disturbing the information already displayed.

    Ex: The output of paperbacks accounted for one-third of the total US book production by 1962; nearly one-half of the fiction produced and a quarter of the available titles.
    * Alta Edad Media, la = Early Middle Ages, the, High Middle Ages, the, Dark Ages, the.
    * a media asta = at half-mast, at half staff.
    * a media mañana = mid-morning.
    * a medias entre... y... = betwixt and between.
    * a medio abrir = half-opened.
    * a medio camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a medio comprender = half-understood.
    * a medio formar = half-formed.
    * a medio fuego = medium heat.
    * a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.
    * a medio plazo = near-term, in the medium term, medium-term, in the mid-term, mid-term [midterm].
    * a medio rimar = half-rhymed.
    * a medio vestir = partly dressed, half dressed.
    * arco de medio punto = round arch.
    * baja Edad Media, la = late Middle Ages, the.
    * barba de media tarde = five o'clock shadow.
    * clase media = middle class.
    * cocer a medias = parboil.
    * comprendido a medias = half-understood.
    * dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.
    * darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.
    * de la edad media = dark-age.
    * del medio = middle.
    * del Medio Oriente = Middle Eastern.
    * de media jornada = half-day [half day].
    * de media mañana = mid-morning.
    * de medio día de duración = half-day [half day].
    * de medio pelo = small-time.
    * de talla media = middle-sized.
    * dividir por medio = rend in + two.
    * Edad Media = mediaeval ages [medieval ages, -USA], Middle Ages.
    * edición media = medium edition.
    * en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.
    * en medio de = amidst, in the midst of, in the throes of, right in, amid.
    * entender a medias = pick up + the fag-ends.
    * enterarse a medias = pick up + the fag-ends.
    * entre medias = in between.
    * estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....
    * estar en medio de = caught in the middle.
    * estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.
    * foto de medio cuerpo = mugshot [mug shot].
    * haber dinero de por medio = money + change hands.
    * haber una transacción económica de por medio = money + change hands.
    * habitante del Medio Oriente = Middle Easterner.
    * histeria a medias = semi-hysteria.
    * Hora + y media = half past + Hora.
    * IME (Integración a Media Escala) = MSI (Medium Scale Integration).
    * justo en el medio (de) = plumb in the middle (of).
    * letra rota o a medio imprimir = broken letter.
    * línea de medio campo = halfway line.
    * media docena = half a dozen, half-dozen.
    * media hora = half-hour.
    * Media Luna Roja, la = Red Crescent, the.
    * media luz = half-light.
    * media pensión = half board.
    * media tinta = Mezzotint.
    * media verdad = half truth, half-fact.
    * media vuelta = about-face.
    * medio abierto = half-opened, half-way open.
    * medio administrativo = quasi-clerical.
    * medio adormilado = bleary-eyed.
    * medio despierto = drowsily, groggily, bleary-eyed.
    * medio día = one-half day.
    * medio dormido = drowsily, groggily, groggy [groggier -comp., groggiest -sup.].
    * medio en broma = tongue-in-cheek.
    * medio + Expresión Temporal = half + a + Expresión Temporal.
    * medio hecho = halfway done, half done.
    * Medio Oeste, el = Midwest, the.
    * Medio Oriente = Middle East.
    * medio pliego = half-sheet.
    * medio sumergido = half-submerged.
    * medio vacío = half-empty.
    * medio vestido = partly dressed, half dressed.
    * nacido en medio = middleborn.
    * nivel medio de gestión = middle management.
    * pantalones de media caña = knee breeches, jodhpurs.
    * partir por medio = rend in + two.
    * Pasado = half + Pasado/Participio.
    * ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).
    * Posesivo + media naranja = Posesivo + significant other, Posesivo + better half, Posesivo + other half.
    * punto medio = mid-point.
    * quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * quitarse de en medio = take + Nombre + out.
    * quitarse del medio = run for + cover.
    * sin obstáculos de por medio = uncluttered.
    * tener un problema medio resuelto = have + problem half licked.
    * tentempié de media mañana = elevenses.
    * un día y medio = one and a half days.
    * verdad a medias = half truth, half-fact.
    * verse en medio de = caught in the middle.

    medio2
    2 = average, mainline, mainstream.

    Ex: The average family does have very real information needs, even though these may not be immediately recognized as such.

    Ex: This is 'scientific journalism' at its worst, but its standards are not wholly different from those of the mainline press.
    Ex: Some children may be constrained by a mainstream curriculum that does not match their ability level.
    * ciudadano medio, el = average man, the.
    * como término medio = on average.
    * de nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * de nivel medio = medium level [medium-level], middle-range.
    * de precio medio = medium-priced.
    * de talle medio = medium-length.
    * de tamaño medio = medium-sized, mid-sized [midsized], middle-sized, mid-size [midsize].
    * de tipo medio = middle-range.
    * el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.
    * hombre medio, el = average person, the.
    * la ciudadana media = the average Jane.
    * nivel de dominio medio = working knowledge.
    * persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * por término medio = on average.
    * precio medio = average price.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * término medio = compromise, balance.
    * valor medio = midrange, mean value.

    medio3
    3 = instrumentality, means, vehicle.

    Ex: But there are signs of a change as new and powerful instrumentalities come into use.

    Ex: The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.
    Ex: This journal serves as a vehicle for the continuing education of librarians, as a showcase for current practice and as a spotlight for significant activities.
    * alfabetización en los medios de comunicación = media literacy.
    * anuncios en los medios de comunicación = media releases.
    * aprendizaje a través de medios electrónicos = online learning.
    * aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).
    * bibliotecario de medios audiovisuales = library media specialist.
    * bien dotado de medios = well-resourced.
    * bien equipado de medios = well-resourced.
    * búsqueda por medio de menús = menu-assisted searching.
    * búsqueda por medio de órdenes = command search.
    * codificación por medio de códigos de barras = barcoding [bar-coding].
    * codificar por medio de códigos de barras = barcode [bar-code].
    * conducir por medio de tubos = duct.
    * confundir los medios con el fin = confuse + the means with the ends.
    * con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con todos los medios a + Posesivo + alcance = with all the means at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * desplazamiento por medio del ordenador = computer commuting.
    * documentalista de los medios de comunicación = news librarian.
    * dotar de medios = resource.
    * el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.
    * empresa de medios de comunicación = media company.
    * enseñanza a través de medios electrónicos = online education.
    * enseñanza por medio del ordenador (CBI) = computer-based instruction (CBI).
    * entrevista en los medios de comunicación = media interview.
    * equipar de medios = resource.
    * exceso de medios = overkill.
    * expansión de una búsqueda por medio del tesauro = thesaurus expansion.
    * industria de los medios de comunicación de masas = mass communications industry.
    * interfaz por medio de gráficos = graphics interfacing.
    * máquina de registro de préstamos por medio de la fotografía = photocharger, photocharging machine.
    * medio de ahorro = economy measure.
    * medio de almacenamiento = storage medium.
    * medio de almacenamiento físico = physical storage media.
    * medio de comunicación = medium [media, -pl.].
    * medio de interpretación = medium of performance.
    * medio de transmisión = conduit.
    * medio físico = physical medium.
    * medios = ways and means.
    * medios de almacenamiento digital = digital media.
    * medios de almacenamiento óptico = optical storage media.
    * medios de comunicación = news media.
    * medios de comunicación de masas = mass media, mass communications media, communications media, communications media.
    * medios de comunicación social = mass media.
    * medios de microalmacenamiento de la información = microstorage media.
    * medios de producción = means of production.
    * medios digitalizados de almacenamiento de información = digitised media.
    * medios económicos = economic resources.
    * medios, los = wherewithal, the, means, the.
    * medios oficiales = official channels.
    * medios técnicos = IT capabilities.
    * medios visuales = visual media.
    * mostrar por medio de cambio de intensidad en el brillo = flash up.
    * multimedia = multimedia [multi-media].
    * mundo de los medios de comunicación, el = mediascape, the.
    * por medio = out of.
    * por medio de = by means of, by way of, in the form of, through, via, via the medium of, by dint of.
    * por medio de isótopos = isotopically.
    * por medio de otro(s) = by proxy.
    * por medio de una agencia = on a bureau basis.
    * por todos los medios = by all means.
    * proporcionar los medios para = provide + the material for.
    * ser un medio para llegar a un fin = be the means to an end.
    * streaming media = streaming media.
    * técnica de recuperación por medio de la lógica difusa = fuzzy IR technique.
    * terapia por medio de aromas = aroma therapy.
    * tratar por todos los medios de = take + (great) pains to.
    * tratar por todos los medios de + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.
    * utilizar al máximo por medio del ordenador = explode.

    * * *
    (la mitad de): medio litro half a liter, a half-liter
    medio kilo de harina half a kilo of flour
    media docena de huevos half a dozen eggs, a half-dozen eggs
    ¿quieres media manzana? do you want half an apple?
    los niños pagan medio billete or pasaje children pay half fare o half price
    un retrato de medio cuerpo a half-length portrait
    llevo media hora esperando I've been waiting for half an hour
    la última media hora es muy divertida the last half hour is very entertaining
    hay trenes a y cinco y a y media there are trains at five past and half past (the hour)
    aún faltan dos horas y media para que empiece la función there are still two and a half hours to go before the show starts
    si se lo dices a él mañana lo sabe medio Buenos Aires if you tell him, half (of) Buenos Aires will know by tomorrow
    la bandera ondea a media asta the flag is flying at half-mast
    la falda le llega a media pierna she's wearing a calf-length skirt
    a media mañana/tarde siempre da un paseo he always goes for a mid-morning/mid-afternoon stroll, he always goes for a stroll mid-morning/mid-afternoon
    ¿qué haces aquí leyendo a media luz? what are you doing in here reading in such poor light?
    la habitación estaba a media luz the room was dimly lit
    Compuestos:
    habla con or (CS) en medioa lengua he talks in baby language
    la deliciosa medioa lengua de los dos años the delightful way a two-year-old talks
    A ( Astron) half-moon
    en forma de medioa luna crescent-shaped
    B (de las uñas) half-moon
    C ( RPl) ( Coc) croissant ( often with ham and cheese)
    D
    (organización): la Medioa Luna Roja the Red Crescent
    feminine short sleeve
    llevaba un vestido de medioa manga she was wearing a dress with short sleeves o a short-sleeved dress
    todavía no ha encontrado su medioa naranja (el hombre ideal) Mr Right hasn't come along yet; (la mujer ideal) he hasn't found his ideal woman yet
    vino con su medioa naranja he/she came along with his/her better half ( colloq hum)
    (en colegios): los alumnos en régimen de medioa pensión pupils who have school dinners
    fpl:
    me lo dijo con medioas palabras she didn't say it in so many words
    feminine half sole, sole
    feminine half volley
    a medioa voz in a low voice
    hablaban a medioa voz they were talking in low voices
    feminine ( Mil) about-face ( AmE), about-turn ( BrE)
    (se) dio medioa vuelta y se fue she turned on her heel o she turned around and left
    masculine and feminine fly half, outside half
    masculine midfield
    masculine and feminine middle-distance runner
    masculine middle-distance
    medio hermano, media hermana
    masculine, feminine
    ( masculine) half-brother; ( feminine) half-sister
    masculine half-mourning
    medio pupilo, media pupila or medio pupila
    masculine, feminine (CS) day pupil
    los medio pupilos the day pupils
    ( AmL) half-time
    B (mediano, promedio) average
    el cuidadano/mexicano medio the average citizen/Mexican
    barrios madrileños de standing alto a medio middle to upper-class districts of Madrid
    a medio y largo plazo in the medium and long term
    técnico de grado medio technician who has taken a three-year course rather than a five-year degree course
    la temperatura media es de 22 grados the average temperature is 22 degrees
    clase1 (↑ clase (1)), edad, término, etc
    C
    1
    (de manera incompleta): dejó el trabajo a medios he left the work half-finished
    me dijo la verdad a medios she didn't tell me the whole truth o story
    lo arregló a medios he didn't fix it properly
    2
    (entre dos): voy a comprar un número de lotería ¿vamos a medios? I'm going to buy a lottery ticket. Do you want to go halves?
    pagar a medios to pay half each, go halves
    lo hicimos a medios we did it between us
    D
    ( Chi fam) ( delante del n) (uso enfático): el medio auto que se gasta just look at the car he drives!
    half
    está medio borracha/loca she's half drunk/crazy
    lo dejaron allí medio muerto they left him there half dead
    fue medio violento encontrármelo ahí it was rather awkward meeting him there
    me lo dijo medio en broma medio en serio she said it half joking and half serious
    todo lo deja a medio hacer he never finishes anything, he leaves everything half finished
    medio como que se molestó cuando se lo dije (CS fam); she got kind of o sort of annoyed when I told her ( colloq)
    B
    1 (centro) middle
    en (el) medio de la habitación in the middle o center of the room
    el botón de en or del medio the middle button, the button in the middle
    el justo medio the happy medium
    quítate de en or del medio, que no me dejas ver get out of the way, I can't see
    quitar a algn de en medio ( euf); to get rid of sb ( euph), bump sb off ( colloq)
    2 los medios mpl ( Taur) center* ( of the ring)
    C
    1 (recurso, manera) means (pl)
    lo intentaron por todos los medios they tried everything they could
    no hay medio de localizarlo there's no way o means of locating him
    hizo lo que pudo con los medios a su alcance she did everything she could with the resources at her disposal
    como medio de coacción as a means of coercion
    medios económicos means (pl), resources (pl)
    no escatimó medios he spared no expense
    a pesar de los escasos medios de que dispone in spite of his limited means
    no cuenta con los medios necesarios para hacerlo she does not have the means o resources to do it
    Compuestos:
    la entrevista concedida a un medio de comunicación francés the interview given to a French newspaper ( o television station etc)
    los medios de comunicación sociales or de masas the mass media
    means of transport
    ( Méx) legal challenge
    mpl audiovisual aids (pl)
    mpl:
    los medio de producción the means of production
    D ( en locs):
    de por medio: no puedo dejarlo, están los niños de por medio I can't leave him, there are the children to think of
    hay muchos intereses creados de por medio there are a lot of vested interests involved
    en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people
    no sé cómo puedes trabajar en medio de este desorden I don't know how you can work in all this mess
    en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion
    en medio de todo all things considered
    en medio de todo más vale así all things considered, it's probably better this way
    por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week
    dos o tres casas por medio every two or three houses
    por medio de: nos enteramos por medio de tu primo we found out from o through your cousin
    atrapa su presa por medio de estas pinzas it catches its prey by using these pincers
    se comunicaban por medio de este sistema they communicated by means of this system
    obtuvo el puesto por medio de estas influencias she got the job through these contacts
    de medio a medio: te equivocas de medio a medio you're completely wrong o utterly mistaken
    le acertó de medio a medio she was absolutely right
    E
    1
    (círculo, ámbito): en medios literarios/políticos in literary/political circles
    no está en su medio he's out of his element
    un artista prácticamente desconocido en nuestro medio (Col, CS); an artist who is practically unknown here o in our country ( o area etc)
    en medios bien informados se comenta que … informed opinion has it that …
    2 ( Biol) environment
    estos animales no sobreviven fuera de su medio natural these animals do not survive if removed from their natural habitat
    la adaptación al medio adaptation to one's environment o surroundings
    Compuesto:
    environment
    que no daña el medio ambiente eco-friendly, environmentally friendly
    F (dedo) middle finger
    G (moneda) five centavo or centésimo coin formerly used in some Latin American countries
    ni medio ( RPl fam): no se ve/no entendí ni medio you can't see/I didn't understand a thing
    el que nace para medio nunca llega a real if you don't have what it takes, you won't get on in the world
    * * *

     

    Del verbo mediar: ( conjugate mediar)

    medio es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    medió es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    mediar    
    medio
    mediar ( conjugate mediar) verbo intransitivo

    medio EN algo ‹en conflicto/negociaciones› to mediate in sth, to act as mediator in sth
    b) ( interceder) medio POR algn to intercede for sb;

    medio ANTE algn to intercede o intervene with sb
    medio 1
    ◊ - dia adjetivo

    1 ( delante del n) ( la mitad de):

    media manzana half an apple;
    pagar medio pasaje to pay half fare o half price;
    media hora half an hour, a half hour (AmE);
    dos horas y media two and a half hours;
    a las cinco y media at half past five;
    a media mañana/tarde in the middle of the morning/afternoon;
    a medio camino halfway;
    media pensión ( en hoteles) half board;
    (se) dio medio vuelta y se fue she turned on her heel and left;
    un jugador de medio campo a midfield player;
    medio tiempo (AmL) half-time;
    mi media naranja (fam &
    hum) my better half (colloq & hum)
    2 (mediano, promedio) average;

    a medio y largo plazo in the medium and long term
    medio 2 adverbio
    half;

    todo lo deja a medio terminar he leaves everything half finished
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    1 (Mat) ( mitad) half
    2 ( centro) middle;
    en (el) medio de la habitación in the middle o center of the room;

    quitarse de en or del medio to get out of the way
    3
    a) (recurso, manera) means (pl);


    los medios de comunicación the media;
    medio de transporte means of transport
    b)

    medios sustantivo masculino plural ( recursos económicos) tb medios económicos means (pl), resources (pl)

    4 ( en locs)
    en medio de: en medio de tanta gente (in) among so many people;

    en medio de la confusión in o amid all the confusion;
    por medio (CS, Per): día/semana por medio every other day/week;
    dos casas por medio every two houses;
    por medio de (de proceso/técnica) by means of;
    por medio de tu primo from o through your cousin
    5
    a) (círculo, ámbito):

    en medios literarios/políticos in literary/political circles;

    no está en su medio he's out of his element
    b) (Biol) environment;


    medio ambiente environment;
    que no da daña el medio ambiente eco-friendly, environmentally friendly
    mediar verbo intransitivo
    1 (arbitrar, intervenir) to mediate: España mediará en el conflicto, Spain will mediate in the conflict
    2 (interceder) to intercede: mediará por ti, she'll intercede on your behalf
    3 (interponerse) media la circunstancia de que..., you must take into account that...
    4 (periodo de tiempo) to pass: mediaron un par de días, two days passed
    medio,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (mitad) half: sólo queda medio melón, there is only half a melon left
    una hora y media, an hour and a half
    2 (no extremo) middle
    a media tarde, in the middle of the afternoon
    clase media, middle class
    punto medio, middle ground
    3 (prototípico) average: la calidad media es baja, the average quality is poor
    la mujer media, the average woman
    II adverbio half: el trabajo está medio hecho, the work is half done
    III sustantivo masculino
    1 (mitad) half
    2 (centro) middle
    en medio de la batalla, in the midst of the battle
    en medio de los árboles, among the trees
    (entre dos) in between the trees
    un barco en medio del desierto, a ship in the middle of the desert
    sal de ahí en medio, get out of the way
    3 (instrumento, vía) means: el fin no justifica los medios, the aim doesn't justify the means
    4 (entorno) enviroment
    un medio hostil, a hostile enviroment
    ' medio' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    achuchar
    - adivinarse
    - ambiente
    - calle
    - camino
    - coger
    - conducto
    - coralina
    - coralino
    - cuerpo
    - Ecuador
    - elemento
    - en
    - entorno
    - habitar
    - lado
    - locomoción
    - media
    - ocupante
    - odisea
    - oriente
    - perder
    - por
    - radical
    - recurso
    - sacar
    - tener
    - término
    - tierra
    - través
    - a
    - alzado
    - arma
    - atontado
    - caja
    - canal
    - derruido
    - destruir
    - día
    - efectivo
    - gusto
    - hombre
    - hostil
    - instrumento
    - ir
    - loco
    - Medio Oriente
    - mejor
    - menos
    - meter
    English:
    about
    - air
    - and
    - average
    - backdrop
    - between
    - bread
    - call away
    - canter
    - centre
    - cobble together
    - discern
    - East
    - end
    - environment
    - environmentalist
    - envoy
    - freight
    - half
    - half-dead
    - half-dressed
    - half-empty
    - half-full
    - half-open
    - half-serious
    - half-way
    - mean
    - means
    - medium
    - medium-term
    - mid
    - middle
    - Middle East
    - middleweight
    - midst
    - moderate
    - on
    - over
    - part
    - resource
    - Roman arch
    - rough up
    - sandwich course
    - scrum-half
    - semiliterate
    - shelf
    - slush
    - slushy
    - stimulate
    - television
    * * *
    medio, -a
    adj
    1. [igual a la mitad] half;
    media docena half a dozen;
    media hora half an hour;
    medio litro half a litre;
    el estadio registra media entrada the stadium is half full;
    medio pueblo estaba allí half the town was there;
    medio Quito se quedó sin electricidad half of Quito was left without electricity;
    la bandera ondeaba a media asta the flag was flying at half mast;
    a medio camino [en viaje] halfway there;
    [en trabajo] halfway through;
    a media luz in the half-light;
    nos salimos a media película we left halfway through the movie o Br film;
    como algo a media mañana I have something to eat halfway through the morning, I have a mid-morning snack;
    docena y media one and a half dozen;
    un kilo y medio one and a half kilos;
    son las dos y media it's half past two;
    son y media it's half past
    Andes, Méx, Ven medio fondo waist petticoat o slip;
    la media luna the crescent;
    la Media Luna Roja the Red Crescent;
    Fam Fig media naranja:
    mi/su/ etc[m5]. media naranja my/your/ etc other o better half;
    media pensión half board;
    CSur medio pupilo [que va a dormir a casa] day pupil; [que va a casa el fin de semana] boarder;
    media suela half-sole;
    media volea half volley
    2. [intermedio] [estatura, tamaño] medium;
    [posición, punto] middle;
    de una calidad media of average quality;
    a medio plazo in the medium term;
    de clase media middle-class;
    a media distancia in the middle distance
    medio campo midfield; Am medio tiempo half-time
    3. [de promedio] [temperatura, velocidad] average;
    Mat mean;
    el consumo medio de agua por habitante the average water consumption per head of the population;
    a una velocidad media de 50 km/h at an average speed of 50 km/h
    4. [corriente] ordinary, average;
    el ciudadano medio the average person, ordinary people
    adv
    half;
    medio borracho half drunk;
    estaba medio muerto he was half dead;
    a medio hacer half done;
    han dejado la obra a medio hacer they've left the building half finished;
    aún estoy a medio arreglar I'm only half ready;
    pasé la noche medio en vela I barely slept all night, I spent half the night awake
    nm
    1. [mitad] half;
    uno y medio one and a half
    2. [centro] middle, centre;
    íbamos por el carril del medio o [m5] de en medio we were driving in the middle lane;
    en medio (de) in the middle (of);
    estaba incómoda en medio de toda aquella gente I felt uncomfortable among all those people;
    está en medio de una profunda depresión she's in the middle of a deep depression;
    no se oía nada en medio de tanto ruido you couldn't hear a thing with all that noise;
    han puesto una valla en medio they've put a fence in the way;
    si te pones en medio no veo la tele I can't see the TV if you're in the way;
    quítate de en medio get out of the way;
    siempre tienes todas tus cosas por medio your things are always lying around all over the place;
    estar por (en) medio [estorbar] to be in the way;
    hay muchos intereses de por medio there are a lot of interests involved;
    meterse o [m5] ponerse (de) por medio [estorbar] to get in the way;
    Fig [entrometerse] to interfere;
    equivocarse de medio a medio to be completely wrong;
    Fam
    quitar de en medio a alguien to get rid of sb;
    quitarse de en medio [suicidarse] to do away with oneself
    3. [sistema, manera] means [singular or plural], method;
    utilice cualquier medio a su alcance use whatever means are available, use every means available;
    encontró un medio para pagar menos impuestos she found a way of paying less tax;
    no hay medio de convencerla she refuses to be convinced;
    por medio de by means of, through;
    ha encontrado trabajo por medio de un conocido she got a job through an acquaintance;
    por todos los medios by all possible means;
    intentaré conseguir ese trabajo por todos los medios I'll do whatever it takes to get that job;
    su medio de vida es la chatarra he earns his living from scrap metal
    los medios de comunicación the media;
    medios de producción means of production;
    medio de transporte means of transport o US transportation
    4.
    medios [recursos] means, resources;
    no cuenta con los medios económicos para realizarlo she lacks the means o the (financial) resources to do it
    5. [elemento físico] environment;
    animales que viven en el medio acuático animals that live in an aquatic environment
    medio ambiente environment; Biol medio de cultivo culture medium;
    medio físico physical environment
    6. [ámbito]
    el medio rural/urbano the countryside/city;
    en medios financieros/políticos in financial/political circles;
    en medios bien informados in well-informed circles
    7. Dep [en fútbol, hockey] midfielder;
    [en rugby] halfback medio (de) apertura [en rugby] fly half, stand-off;
    medio (de) melé [en rugby] scrum half
    8. Taurom
    los medios = centre of bullring
    9. Comp
    CSur Fam
    ni medio: no oye ni medio he's as deaf as a post;
    no entiende ni medio she hasn't got a clue;
    por medio: nado día por medio I swim every other day
    * * *
    I adj
    1 half;
    las tres y media half past three, three-thirty;
    2 tamaño medium
    3 (de promedio) average
    4 posición middle
    II m
    1 ( entorno) environment
    2 en fútbol midfielder
    3 ( centro) middle;
    en medio de in the middle of
    4 ( manera) means;
    por medio de by means of;
    medios pl dinero means, resources
    III adv half;
    hacer algo a medias half do sth;
    ir a medias go halves;
    a medio hacer half done;
    de medio a medio completely;
    día por medio L.Am. every other day;
    quitar de en medio algo fam move sth out of the way;
    quitarse de en medio get out of the way
    * * *
    medio adv
    1) : half
    está medio dormida: she's half asleep
    2) : rather, kind of
    está medio aburrida esta fiesta: this party is rather boring
    medio, - dia adj
    1) : half
    una media hora: half an hour
    medio hermano: half brother
    a media luz: in the half-light
    son las tres y media: it's half past three, it's three-thirty
    2) : midway, halfway
    a medio camino: halfway there
    3) : middle
    la clase media: the middle class
    4) : average
    la temperatura media: the average temperature
    medio nm
    1) centro: middle, center
    en medio de: in the middle of, amid
    2) ambiente: milieu, environment
    3) : medium, spiritualist
    4) : means pl, way
    por medio de: by means of
    los medios de comunicación: the media
    5) medios nmpl
    : means, resources
    * * *
    medio1 adj
    1. (mitad) half
    2. (promedio, normal) average
    medio2 adv half
    medio3 n
    1. (centro) middle
    2. (entorno) environment
    3. (recurso, método) means

    Spanish-English dictionary > medio

  • 12 ἐν

    ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.
    marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)
    of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.
    on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.
    within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.
    among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.
    before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).
    esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.
    marker of a state or condition, in
    of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.
    of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.
    marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.
    marker of close association within a limit, in
    fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.
    of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.
    esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.
    marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).
    it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’
    α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).
    β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.
    it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).
    marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).
    marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.
    marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.
    marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)
    gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.
    w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.
    marker of a period of time, in, while, when
    indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.
    point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.
    to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.
    marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.
    marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐν

  • 13 spanglish


    spanglish m inv Ling US (habla que mezcla español e inglés) spanglish
    en Nueva York se habla mucho el spanglish, people use a lot of spanglish in New York
    ' spanglish' also found in these entries:
    English:
    Spanglish
    * * *
    spanglish [es'panglis] nm
    Spanglish
    SPANGLISH
    Spanglish refers to a range of linguistic phenomena which result from the contact between English and Spanish. The Spanish spoken in the border region between the United States and Mexico contains many words which blend English and Spanish to create new words such as “ringuear” (to ring), “mopear” (to mop) and “groserías” (groceries - in standard Spanish this means “rude words or actions”). Speakers of Spanish living in the United States, whether descended from the original Spanish settlers or first, second or even third generation immigrants, can often use Spanish and English so interchangeably that, in what linguists call “code-switching”, single sentences can become a mixture of both languages, for example: “so you todavía haven't decided lo que vas a hacer”. Some regard such linguistic mixtures as inferior, or a semi-language, but their various forms are increasingly the subject of academic research.

    Spanish-English dictionary > spanglish

  • 14 groß

    big; tall; great; large; grand; heavyset
    * * *
    [groːs]
    1. ADJEKTIV
    comp ordm;er ['grøːsɐ] superl ordm;te(r, s) ['grøːstə]
    1) big; Fläche, Raum, Haus, Hände big, large; Höhe, Breite great; Größe, Tube, Dose, Packung etc large; (TYP ) Buchstabe capital

    ein ganz großes Haus/Buch — a great big house/book

    der große ( Uhr)zeiger — the big or minute hand

    ein Loch größer machento make a hole bigger

    ein großes Bier, ein Großes (inf) — ≈ a pint (of beer) (Brit), a large beer

    großes Geldnotes pl (Brit), bills pl (US)

    im Großen und Ganzen (gesehen) — by and large

    im Großen einkaufento buy in bulk or quantity

    2) = hoch, hochgewachsen tall

    wie groß bist du? — how tall are you?

    er ist 1,80 Meter groß — he's one metre (Brit) or meter (US) eighty (tall)

    3) = älter Bruder, Schwester big

    unsere Große — our eldest or oldest (daughter); (von zweien) our elder daughter

    Groß und Klein — young and old (alike)

    zu groß für etw sein — to be too big for sth

    4) zeitlich Verzögerung, Rede big, long

    die großen Ferienthe summer holidays (Brit) or holiday (US)

    5) = beträchtlich, wichtig, bedeutend great; Erfolg, Enttäuschung, Hoffnung, Eile great, big; Gewinn, Ereignis big; Katastrophe, Schreck terrible; Summe large; Geschwindigkeit high

    er hat Großes geleistethe has achieved great things

    die größten Erfindungen unseres Jahrhunderts — the greatest inventions of our century

    ein großer Dichter wie Goethe — a great poet like Goethe

    eine große Dummheit machen — to do something very or really stupid

    großen Durst haben — to be very thirsty

    er ist kein großer Esser (inf)he's not a big eater

    die großen Fragen unserer Zeit — the great or big questions of our time

    vor meinem Haus war or herrschte ein großer Lärmthere was a lot of noise outside my house

    großen Hunger haben — to be very hungry

    ich habe große Lust zu verreisen — I'd really like to go away (on holiday (Brit) or vacation (US))

    sie hatte große Lust, sich zu verkleiden — she really wanted to get dressed up

    große Mode sein — to be all the rage (inf)

    einen großen Namen haben — to be a big name

    die große Nummer (im Zirkus) — the big number, the star turn (esp Brit)

    ich bin kein großer Redner (inf)I'm no great speaker

    im größten Regen/Schneesturm — in the middle of a downpour/snowstorm

    6) = großartig, bewundernswert iro great
    7) in Eigennamen Great

    Alfred/Friedrich der Große — Alfred/Frederick the Great

    8) MUS
    2. ADVERB
    comp ordm; er, superl am ordm;ten
    1)

    = nicht klein groß gewachsentall

    groß gemustert — large-print, with a large print

    groß machen (baby-talk)to do number two (baby-talk), to do a poo (Brit baby-talk)

    groß daherreden (inf)to talk big (inf)

    See:
    2)

    = in großem Ausmaß groß einkaufen gehento go on a spending spree, to splash out (Brit inf)

    groß ausgehento go out somewhere expensive

    groß und breit (fig inf)at great length

    3)

    = besonders jdn groß anblickento give sb a hard stare

    groß in Mode sein — to be all the rage (inf)

    was ist das schon groß? (inf)big deal! (inf), so what? (inf)

    was soll man da schon groß machen/sagen? (inf) — what can you do/say?

    er hat sich nicht gerade groß für unsere Belange eingesetzt (inf)he didn't exactly put up a big fight for us

    * * *
    1) (large in size: a big car.) big
    2) (very large, larger etc than average: a great crowd of people at the football match.) great
    3) (great in size, amount etc; not small: a large number of people; a large house; a large family; This house is too large for two people.) large
    4) (fairly large: His income is quite sizeable, now that he has been promoted.) sizeable
    5) ((of people and thin or narrow objects such as buildings or trees) higher than normal: a tall man/tree.) tall
    6) ((of people) having a particular height: John is only four feet tall.) tall
    7) (great or large: He won by a wide margin.) wide
    * * *
    <größer, größte>
    [ˈgro:s]
    I. adj
    1. (räumlich ausgedehnt) Gegenstand large, big; Buchstabe big, capital
    in \großen/größeren Formaten/Größen in large/larger formats/sizes
    2. (hoch aufragend) long
    ein \großer Kirchturm/Mast/Turm a high church steeple/pylon/tower
    3. (hoch gewachsen) Mensch tall
    du bist \groß geworden you've grown
    wie \groß bist du? how tall are you?
    er ist 1,78 m \groß he is 5 foot 10 [or 1.78m] [tall]
    ein \großer Baum/eine \große Vase a tall tree/vase
    4. (zeitlich ausgedehnt) Pause, Zeitraum long; Rede a. lengthy
    auf \große[r] Fahrt on a long journey
    die \großen Ferien the summer holidays BRIT, the summer vacation AM
    die \große Pause SCH mid-morning break
    5. (älter) big, elder, older
    die G\großen pl (die Erwachsenen) the grown-ups; (ältere Kinder) the older children; (fam)
    das ist Anita, unsere G\große this is Anita, our eldest
    wenn ich \groß bin... when I'm grown up...
    mein \großer Bruder/meine \große Schwester my elder brother/my elder sister
    mit etw dat \groß geworden sein to have grown up with sth
    G\groß und Klein young and old [alike]
    im G\großen einkaufen to buy in bulk
    die \große Masse most [or the majority] of the people
    ein \großer Teil der Bevölkerung a large part of the population
    was für eine \große Freude! how delightful!
    du redest ganz \großen Unsinn you're talking complete rubbish
    was ist denn das für ein \großer Lärm auf der Straße? what's all that noise in the street?
    macht doch nicht so einen \großen Lärm! don't make so much noise!
    \große Angst haben to be terribly afraid [or frightened]
    ein \großer Aufstieg a meteoric rise
    eine \große Beeinträchtigung a major impairment
    ein \großer Betrag a large amount
    eine \große Dummheit sheer stupidity
    ein \großer Durchbruch/Reinfall a major breakthrough/disaster
    eine \große Enttäuschung a great [or deep] [or profound] disappointment
    mit \großer Geschwindigkeit at high [or great] speed
    \großen Hunger haben to be terribly hungry
    \großes Leid great [or deep] [or profound] sorrow
    ein \großer Misserfolg an abject [or a dismal] failure
    \große Nachfrage a big demand
    eine \große Preissteigerung a massive price rise [or increase]
    ein \großer Schrecken a nasty fright
    \große Schwierigkeiten serious [or real] trouble
    \große Wut unbridled fury
    \großer Zorn deep [or profound] anger
    8. (bedeutend) great
    etwas/nichts G\großes something/nothing great
    sie hat in ihrem Leben nichts G\großes geleistet she never achieved anything great [or major] in her life, she did not achieve great things in her life
    mit diesem Gemälde hat sie etwas G\großes geschaffen she has created something great [or profound] with this painting
    ein \großer Konzern/ein \großes Unternehmen a leading [or major] group/company
    9. (besonders gut) big
    im Meckern ist sie ganz \groß she's quite good at moaning
    ich bin kein \großer Esser/Trinker I'm not a big eater/drinker
    ich bin kein \großer Redner I'm no [or not a] great speaker
    ... der G\große... the Great
    Friedrich der G\große Frederick the Great
    11. (großes Glas) large, big
    ein G\großes [o ein \großes Bier] ≈ a pint [of beer] BRIT, rare a large beer
    nach den drei \großen Bier war ich ziemlich angeheitert I felt quite merry fam [or fam tipsy] after three pints [of beer]
    12.
    im G\großen und Ganzen [gesehen] on the whole, by and large
    \großes Geld notes BRIT, bills AM
    ich habe nur \großes Geld I haven't any change on me; s.a. klein
    II. adv
    1. (fam: besonders)
    was ist da jetzt schon \groß dabei! big deal! fam
    er hat sich aber nicht gerade \groß für uns eingesetzt! he didn't exactly do very much [or put himself out much] for us!
    was soll man da schon \groß sagen? you can't really say very much
    ich habe mich nie \groß für Politik interessiert I've never been particularly interested in politics
    \groß einsteigen to go in for sth in a big way
    sie ist ganz \groß in die Politik eingestiegen she's gone into politics in a big way
    [mit etw dat] [ganz] \groß rauskommen to have a real success [or big hit] with sth
    2. (von weitem Ausmaß)
    \groß angelegt large-scale
    eine \groß angelegte Offensive a full-scale offensive [or attack
    3. MODE
    etw größer machen Hosen etc. to let out sth sep
    4. (nicht klein)
    \groß kariert MODE large-checked attr
    5.
    \groß und breit (fam) at great length
    \groß machen (kindersprache fam) to do number two [or BRIT a pooh] childspeak fam
    * * *
    1.
    größer, größt... Adjektiv
    1) big; big, large <house, window, area, room, etc.>; large < pack, size, can, etc.>; great <length, width, height>; tall < person>

    große Eier/Kartoffeln — large eggs/potatoes

    eine große Terz/Sekunde — (Musik) a major third/second

    ein großes Bier, bitte — a pint, please

    2) (eine bestimmte Größe aufweisend)

    1 m2/2 ha groß — 1 m2/2 ha in area

    sie ist 1,75 m groß — she is 1.75 m tall

    doppelt/dreimal so groß wie... — twice/three times the size of...

    3) (älter) big <brother, sister>

    seine größere Schwesterhis elder sister

    unsere Große/unser Großer — our eldest or oldest daughter/son

    4) (erwachsen) grown-up <children, son, daughter>

    [mit etwas] groß werden — grow up [with something]

    die Großen(Erwachsene) the grown-ups; (ältere Kinder) the older children

    Groß und Klein — old and young [alike]

    5) (lange dauernd) long, lengthy <delay, talk, explanation, pause>

    die großen Ferien(Schulw.) the summer holidays or (Amer.) long vacation sing.

    die große Pause(Schulw.) [mid-morning] break

    große Summen/Kosten — large sums/heavy costs

    7) (außerordentlich) great <pleasure, pain, hunger, anxiety, hurry, progress, difficulty, mistake, importance>; intense <heat, cold>; high < speed>

    ihre/seine große Liebe — her/his great love

    8) (gewichtig) great; major < producer, exporter>; great, major < event>

    ein großer Augenblick/Tag — a great moment/day

    große Wortegrand or fine words

    [k]eine große Rolle spielen — [not] play a great or an important part

    die Großen [der Welt] — the great figures [of our world]

    9) nicht präd. (glanzvoll) grand <celebration, ball, etc.>

    die große Dame/den großen Herrn spielen — (iron.) play the fine lady/gentleman

    10) (bedeutend) great, major < artist, painter, work>

    Katharina die Große — Catherine the Great; s. auch Karl

    die große Linie/der große Zusammenhangthe basic line/the overall context

    in großen Zügen od. Umrissen — in broad outline

    im Großen [und] Ganzen — by and large; on the whole

    12) (geh.): (selbstlos) noble <deed etc.>

    ein großes Herz haben — be great-hearted

    13) (ugs.): (großspurig)

    große Reden schwingen od. (salopp) Töne spucken — talk big (coll.)

    2.
    1)

    groß geschrieben werden — (fig. ugs.) be stressed or emphasized

    groß machen(Kinderspr.) do number two (child lang.)

    2) (ugs.): (aufwendig)
    3) (ugs.): (besonders) greatly; particularly
    4) (ugs.): (großartig)

    sie steht ganz groß dashe has made it big (coll.) or made the big time (coll.)

    * * *
    groß; größer, am größten
    A. adj
    1. big (besonders gefühlsbetont); Haus, Fläche etc: large; Land: vast; Baum, Gebäude etc: (hoch) tall; (riesig) huge; Person: tall;
    Wagen ASTRON Great Bear, Ursa Major fachspr;
    ein großes Gebäude a big(, tall) building;
    der Große Ozean GEOG the Pacific (Ocean);
    die Großen Seen GEOG the Great Lakes;
    große Zehe big toe;
    großer Buchstabe capital letter;
    Gut mit großem G good with a capital G;
    wir sprechen hier von Geiz mit einem großen G fig, pej we’re talking about meanness with a capital M here;
    groß machen/müssen kinderspr do/have to do big jobs
    2. an Ausmaß, Intensität, Wert etc: great; Fehler, Lärm, Unterschied etc: auch big; Entfernung: great, long; Geschwindigkeit: high; Hitze, Kälte, Schmerzen etc: intense; Kälte: auch severe; Verlust: heavy; Wissen: extensive, wide; (tief) profound; MUS, Intervall, Terz: major; Angeber, Angsthase, Feigling etc: terrible, dreadful;
    (auf) groß stellen (Heizung, Herd etc) set on high, turn up;
    großes Bier large one, Br etwa pint, US 16 ouncer;
    große Ferien summer holiday(s), long vacation;
    zu meiner großen Freude to my great joy ( oder pleasure);
    großes Geld umg (Scheine) notes pl, US bills pl; (viel Geld) a lot of money;
    wie komme ich an das große Geld? umg how do I get into the big money?;
    großes Glück haben be very lucky;
    großen Hunger haben be very hungry; stärker: be starving;
    große Mehrheit great majority;
    große Pause long (mid-morning) break;
    ein Fest im großen Rahmen a celebration on the grand scale;
    große Schritte machen make great progress;
    zum großen Teil largely, for the most part;
    eine große Zahl von a large number of, a great many; Liebe, Mode etc
    wie groß ist er? how tall is he?;
    er ist … groß he’s … (tall); das Grundstück
    ist 600 m2
    groß is 600 metres (US -ers) square;
    ist drei mal fünf Meter groß is five metres (US -ers) square ( oder each way);
    gleich groß Personen: the same height, as tall as each other; Flächen, Kleidungsstücke etc: the same size;
    so groß wie ein Fußballfeld the size of a football pitch (US soccer field);
    war dreimal so groß wie der der Konkurrenz was three times that of our rivals
    4. (erwachsen) grown-up; (älter) big;
    große Schwester big sister;
    groß werden Kinder: grow up;
    zu groß werden für outgrow sth, get too big for;
    er ist nur ein großes Kind he’s just a big baby;
    Groß und Klein young and old
    5. fig Augenblick, Entdeckung, Erfolg, Tag, Tat etc: great; (bedeutend) major, important; (großartig) grand, magnificent; Pläne, Ziele: great, grand, big; Künstler, Dichter etc: great;
    große Politik national (bzw international) politics, the political big time umg;
    große Worte big words;
    Friedrich der Große Frederick the Great;
    Karl der Große Charlemagne;
    die große Dame/den großen Herrn spielen iron play the great lady/lord;
    große Reden schwingen iron talk big;
    6. (allgemein, wesentlich) broad, general;
    die große Linie verfolgen follow the main lines, stick to the basic ( oder broad) principles;
    den großen Zusammenhang erkennen see the big picture;
    in großen Zügen in broad outline
    7. umg (gut):
    das war ganz groß! that was really great!;
    große Klasse she’s really good ( oder she’s brilliant) at arithmetic;
    im Angeben/Geldausgeben ist er (ganz) groß iron he’s very good at showing off/spending money;
    ich bin kein großer Tänzer etc I’m not much of a dancer etc;
    ich bin kein großer Freund von Partys/Suppe I’m not a great one for parties/soup, I’m not particularly fond of parties/soup;
    er ist ein großer Schweiger/kein großer Esser he’s not a great talker/eater
    8. (edel):
    ein großes Herz haben have a noble ( oder generous) heart
    9. (aufwändig) Empfang, Fest etc: big, lavish;
    in großer Aufmachung Bericht etc: prominently featured, splashed across the page; Person: in full dress;
    in großer Garderobe in full dress; Auge, Bahnhof, Glocke etc, Große1, größer, größt…
    B. adv
    1. big;
    groß gedruckt in large letters ( oder print);
    groß gemustert with a large pattern;
    groß kariert large-checked;
    er sah mich nur groß an he just stared at me;
    groß und breit dastehen umg, unübersehbar: stand out; stärker: stick out like a sore thumb; auch großschreiben, großgebaut etc
    groß angelegt Aktion etc: large-scale, full-scale;
    groß ausgehen umg have a real night out;
    jemanden/etwas groß herausbringen umg pull out all the stops for sb/sth, give sb/sth a tremendous build-up
    3. umg:
    groß angeben talk big; um einzuschüchtern: throw one’s weight around ( oder about);
    groß auftreten act big;
    4. (edel) denken, handeln etc: nobly
    5. (gut):
    groß in Form in great form;
    beim Publikum groß ankommen be a big hit with the audience;
    6. umg:
    er kümmert sich nicht groß darum he doesn’t really bother about it;
    was ist schon groß dabei? so what?, US auch (so) what’s the big deal?;
    was gibt es da groß zu sagen? what can you say?;
    was gibt’s da noch groß zu fragen? is there really anything more we need to ask?;
    was kann das schon groß kosten? it can’t be very expensive, can it?;
    was war los? -
    was soll schon groß gewesen sein? what do you think happened?
    * * *
    1.
    größer, größt... Adjektiv
    1) big; big, large <house, window, area, room, etc.>; large <pack, size, can, etc.>; great <length, width, height>; tall < person>

    große Eier/Kartoffeln — large eggs/potatoes

    eine große Terz/Sekunde — (Musik) a major third/second

    ein großes Bier, bitte — a pint, please

    1 m2/2 ha groß — 1 m2/2 ha in area

    sie ist 1,75 m groß — she is 1.75 m tall

    doppelt/dreimal so groß wie... — twice/three times the size of...

    3) (älter) big <brother, sister>

    unsere Große/unser Großer — our eldest or oldest daughter/son

    4) (erwachsen) grown-up <children, son, daughter>

    [mit etwas] groß werden — grow up [with something]

    die Großen (Erwachsene) the grown-ups; (ältere Kinder) the older children

    Groß und Klein — old and young [alike]

    5) (lange dauernd) long, lengthy <delay, talk, explanation, pause>

    die großen Ferien(Schulw.) the summer holidays or (Amer.) long vacation sing.

    die große Pause(Schulw.) [mid-morning] break

    große Summen/Kosten — large sums/heavy costs

    7) (außerordentlich) great <pleasure, pain, hunger, anxiety, hurry, progress, difficulty, mistake, importance>; intense <heat, cold>; high < speed>

    ihre/seine große Liebe — her/his great love

    8) (gewichtig) great; major <producer, exporter>; great, major < event>

    ein großer Augenblick/Tag — a great moment/day

    große Wortegrand or fine words

    [k]eine große Rolle spielen — [not] play a great or an important part

    die Großen [der Welt] — the great figures [of our world]

    9) nicht präd. (glanzvoll) grand <celebration, ball, etc.>

    die große Dame/den großen Herrn spielen — (iron.) play the fine lady/gentleman

    10) (bedeutend) great, major <artist, painter, work>

    Katharina die Große — Catherine the Great; s. auch Karl

    die große Linie/der große Zusammenhang — the basic line/the overall context

    in großen Zügen od. Umrissen — in broad outline

    im Großen [und] Ganzen — by and large; on the whole

    12) (geh.): (selbstlos) noble <deed etc.>
    13) (ugs.): (großspurig)

    große Reden schwingen od. (salopp) Töne spucken — talk big (coll.)

    2.
    1)

    groß geschrieben werden(fig. ugs.) be stressed or emphasized

    groß machen(Kinderspr.) do number two (child lang.)

    2) (ugs.): (aufwendig)
    3) (ugs.): (besonders) greatly; particularly
    4) (ugs.): (großartig)

    sie steht ganz groß dashe has made it big (coll.) or made the big time (coll.)

    * * *
    adj.
    ample adj.
    big adj.
    capital adj.
    great adj.
    heavyset adj.
    large adj.
    sizable adj.
    tall adj. adv.
    largely adv.
    sizably adv.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > groß

  • 15 multus

        multus adj.    (for comp. and sup. in use see plūs, plūrimus).    I. Plur., with subst., or with adjec. used as subst, many, a great number: multi alii, T.: multae sunt artes eximiae: tam multis verbis scribere, at such length: Quid multa verba? in short, T.: multa acerba habuit ille annus.—With other adjj., many: multae et magnae contentiones: multis magnisque praesidiis perditis, S.: multi et varii timores, L.: vectigalīs multos ac stipendiarios liberavit: multae liberae civitates, republics: multa libera capita, freemen, L.: multa secunda proelia, victories, L.: multa maiores magna et gravia bella gesserunt: multis suppliciis iustis: utebatur hominibus improbis multis: prodigia multa foeda, L.—As subst m., many men, many: multi pecunias coëgerunt: alter multos fefellit: pro multis dicere.—The multitude, mass, common people, vulgar: unus de multis esse: orator unus e multis, commonplace: numerari in multis, in the herd (of orators): e multis una sit tibi, no better than others, O.: sum unus Multorum, H. —As subst n. (only nom. and acc.), many things, much: quam multa te deficiant vides: quid multis moror? many words, T.: ne multa, in short: quid multa? H.—    II. Sing., distributive, many a (poet.): trudit multā cane Apros in plagas, H.: multā victimā, V.: multā prece prosequi, H.—Of quantity, much, abundant, large, considerable, extensive: exstructa mensa multā carne: multum pro re p. sanguinem effudistis: multa et lauta supellex: lingua Gallica, quā multā utebatur, spoke fluently, Cs.: multus fluens, glibly, H.—In excess, superfluous: supellex modica, non multa, N.: qui in aliquo genere multus est, prolix.—Frequent, frequently, engaged, busy, diligent: ad vigilias multus adesse, S.: cum Timaeo multum fuisse: Multa viri virtus animo recursat, V.—Strong, influential: adeo teneris consuescere multum est, so strong is habit, V.—Of time, full, late: ad multum diem, till late in the day: multa iam dies erat, L.: multā nocte, late at night: multo mane, very early.
    * * *
    multa -um, -, plurimus -a -um ADJ
    much, many, great, many a; large, intense, assiduous; tedious

    Latin-English dictionary > multus

  • 16 соловья баснями не кормят

    посл.
    a nightingale can't live on fairy tales; cf. you can't feed the hungry with words; a fine cage won't feed the bird; a fine cage does not fill a bird's belly; a hungry belly has no ears; fine (kind, soft) words butter no parsnips; many words will not fill a bushel; words pay no debts; it's no use preaching to a hungry man

    - Да, - сказал Алексей Александрович и, встав, заложил руки и потрещал ими. - Я заехал ещё привезть тебе денег, так как соловья баснями не кормят, - сказал он. - Тебе нужно, я думаю. (Л. Толстой, Анна Каренина) — 'Yes,' said Alexei Alexandrovich, and getting up, he folded his hands and cracked his fingers. 'I've come to bring you some money, too, for nightingales, we know, can't live on fairy tales,' he said. 'You want it, I expect?'

    - Соловья баснями не кормят, - объявил наконец Михаил Матвеевич и тем положил конец затянувшейся серии восторгов, от которой даже терпеливый Матвей начал уже похныкивать. (И. Грекова, Кафедра) — 'You can't feed the hungry with words,' Mikhail Matveyevich finally declared, putting an end to the long drawn-out transports of enthusiasm, which had even caused the patient Matvei to begin whimpering.

    Русско-английский фразеологический словарь > соловья баснями не кормят

  • 17 BÝSN

    * * *
    n. and f. wonder, portent (þetta eru stór býsn).
    * * *
    n. [cp. A. S. bysen, bisen, which means example, whilst the Icel. word means] a wonder, a strange and portentous thing; commonly Used in pl., urðu hverskonar býsn, 625. 42; þar sem þessi býsn (acc. pl.) bar fyrir, Fms. xi. 13; þetta eru stór býsn, 64; slíkt eru banvæn býsn, Fas. iii. 13 (in a verse); sing., Fms. xi. 10, 64: in mod. use fem. sing., Fb. i. 212, Pr. 76, 91; býsna-veðr, portentous weather, Fms. iii. 137; býsna-vetr, a winter of portents, when many ghosts and goblins were about, Bs., Sturl. i. 115; býsna-sumar, in the same sense, Ann. 1203. In mod. use býsna- is prefixed to a great many words in the sense of pretty, tolerably, Germ. ziemlich; býsna-vel, b. góðr, langr, fljótr, pretty well, pretty good, etc. in early writers the sense is much stronger.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BÝSN

  • 18 ÖR-

    (i. e. ør-), a prefixed particle, altered from us-; the s remains in usall = vesall, see p. 699, col. 2; also spelt er-, er-vita, Hkv.; or eyr-, eyr-grynni, Ó. H. 106; evr-lygi, Eg. (in a verse): [Ulf. us-; O. H. G. ur-; when uncompounded, see ór, mod. úr, p. 472; as a prefix to nouns, ör- or ör-, for which see p. 469, col. 2. Indeed, there is a strong probability that the negative prefix ó- is a contraction, not of un-, but of or-, so that ó-bættr is from or-bættr, ó-verðr from or-verðr, by agglutination of r, whereby the vowel becomes long (as the O. H. G. prefix ar- in A. S. appears â-): this would account for the fact, that in the very oldest and best vellums there is hardly a single instance of ú- for ó-, and this is the sole modern form not only all over Iceland, but also in most popular idioms of Norway and Sweden; a farther proof is that in many words or-, the ancient form, is preserved in a few vellums, especially of the Norse laws, in such rare forms as ör-sekr, ör-bætiligr, ör-vænt, and ó-vænt, where the current form is ó-sekr, etc.; so also, ör-keypis and ó-keypis, ör-grynni and ó-grynni, ör-hóf and ó-hóf. Therefore or-, not un-, is, we believe, the phonetical parent of the later Scandinavian negative prefix ó-. The extensive use of ör- and the utter absence of ú- or un- may be explained by the supposition that, for the sake of uniformity, all words beginning with ör- and un- gradually took the same form; for though in ancient days ör- was more extensively used than it is at present, it can hardly have been the sole form in all words now beginning with ó-]:—ör- is used as denoting a negative, as ör-grynni, a being bottomless; or lack or loss of, as ör-sekr, out of being sekr; ör-verðr.
    2. special usages are, what is of yore, as in ör-lög (cp. Germ. ur-, as in ur-theil, Engl. or-deal), ör-nefni, ör-gelmir, ör-vasi.
    3. in mod. usage ör- is prefixed to adjectives, = utterly, but only in instances denoting ‘smallness,’ or something negative, e. g. ör-grannr, ör-stuttr, ör-skammr, ör-grunnr, ör-mjör, ör-fátækr, ör-snauðr, ör-eyða, ör-taka, ör-reyta, qq. v.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÖR-

  • 19 Not

    f; -, Nöte
    1. nur Sg.; (Mangel, Armut) want, need, poverty; (Notlage) plight; (Elend) auch misery; wirtschaftliche Not economic plight; Not leiden suffer want ( oder privation); die Not leidende Bevölkerung the needy people; in der Stunde der Not at the hour of need; für Zeiten der Not for a rainy day; in Not geraten / sein encounter hard times / be suffering want; keine Not kennen be well-off; Not macht erfinderisch necessity is the mother of invention; in der Not frisst der Teufel Fliegen umg. any port in a storm, beggars can’t be choosers; Not kennt kein Gebot Sprichw. necessity knows no law; Not lehrt beten Sprichw. need teaches you how to pray
    2. (Schwierigkeit) difficulty, trouble; (Bedrängnis) distress; (Gefahr) danger; Nöte difficulties, problems; in tausend Nöten sein be in real trouble ( oder a real mess); in Not sein be in trouble; in Not geraten run into difficulties; in höchster Not in dire straits; Rettung in oder aus höchster Not rescue from extreme difficulties; in meiner etc. Not in my etc. predicament
    3. nur Sg. (Mühe): seine liebe Not haben have a hard time (of it); mit jemandem / etw. seine liebe Not haben have a hard time with s.o. / s.th; ich hatte meine liebe Not, wieder ans Ufer zu schwimmen I had great difficulty in swimming back to the bank; ohne Not without any problem
    4. nur Sg.; (Notwendigkeit) necessity; damit hat es keine Not it’s not urgent; ohne Not solltest du das nicht tun you shouldn’t do that unless it’s really necessary; zur Not if necessary, if need be; (gerade noch) at (Am. in) a pinch; stärker: if (the) worst comes to (the) worst; wenn Not am Mann ist if need be; stärker: if (the) worst comes to (the) worst; hier ist oder tut Hilfe Not geh. I etc. need help here; es täte dir Not zu (+ Inf.) Dial. you would do well to (+ Inf.), what you really need is to (+ Inf.) aus der Not eine Tugend machen make a virtue of necessity; der Not gehorchend geh. bowing to necessity; siehe auch Mühe, knapp I
    * * *
    die Not
    (Bedrängnis) hardship; distress;
    (Mangel) privation; need; want
    * * *
    [noːt]
    f -, -e
    ['nøːtə]
    1) no pl (= Mangel, Elend) need(iness), want, poverty

    hier herrscht große Nót — there is great poverty here

    eine Zeit der Nót — a time of need, a lean time

    aus Nót — out of poverty

    Nót leiden — to suffer deprivation

    Nót leidend (Bevölkerung, Land) — impoverished; Unternehmen, Wirtschaft ailing; (Comm) Wechsel, Wertpapier dishonoured (Brit), dishonored (US); Kredit unsecured

    in Nót leben — to live in poverty

    Nót macht erfinderisch (Prov)necessity is the mother of invention (Prov)

    in der Nót schmeckt jedes Brot (Prov)beggars can't be choosers (prov)

    Nót kennt kein Gebot (Prov)necessity knows no law (Prov)

    See:
    2) (= Bedrängnis) distress no pl, affliction; (= Problem) problem

    in seiner Nót — in his hour of need

    in unserer Nót blieb uns nichts anderes übrig — in this emergency we had no choice

    jdm seine Nót klagen — to tell sb one's troubles, to cry on sb's shoulder (inf)

    in Nót sein — to be in distress

    in Nót geraten — to get into serious difficulties

    wenn Nót am Mann ist — if the need arises

    Freunde in der Nót (gehen tausend auf ein Lot) (Prov)a friend in need (is a friend indeed) (Prov)

    der Retter in der Nót — the knight in shining armour (Brit) or armor (US)

    Hilfe in höchster Nót — help in the nick of time

    in höchster Nót sein, sich in höchster Nót befinden — to be in dire straits

    in Ängsten und Nöten schweben — to be in fear and trembling

    jdm in der Nót beistehen —

    jetzt ist Holland in Nót! — now we're in dire straits!

    3) no pl (= Sorge, Mühe) difficulty, trouble

    er hat seine liebe Nót mit ihr/damit — he really has problems with her/it, he really has his work cut out with her/it (inf)

    die Eltern hatten Nót, ihre fünf Kinder zu ernähren —

    es hat or damit hat's keine Nót (old)there's no rush

    See:
    4) (= Zwang, Notwendigkeit) necessity

    der Nót gehorchend — bowing to necessity

    etw nicht ohne Nót tun — not to do sth without having to

    ohne Nót — without good cause

    zur Nót — if necessary, if need(s) be

    aus der Nót geboren sein — to be born of necessity

    aus der Nót eine Tugend machen — to make a virtue (out) of necessity

    Nót sein — to be necessary

    See:
    nottun
    * * *
    (poverty or other difficulty: Many people are in great need.) need
    * * *
    <-, Nöte>
    [ˈno:t, pl ˈnø:tə]
    f
    1. kein pl (Armut) need, poverty, hardship
    das war eine Zeit der \Not it was a time of need, a lean time
    es herrscht bittere \Not there is abject poverty
    in diesem Land herrscht große \Not there is great poverty and hardship in this country
    aus \Not out of poverty
    in \Not geraten to encounter hard times
    in \Not leben to live in poverty
    \Not leiden to live in poverty, to suffer deprivation
    \Not leidend destitute
    \Not leidende Menschen people in need
    2. (Bedrängnis) distress, affliction
    jdm in der \Not beistehen to support sb at a difficult time, to help sb in times of trouble
    in \Not geraten to get into difficulties [or dire straits]
    jdm in der Stunde der \Not helfen to help sb in her/his hour of need
    jdm seine \Not klagen to pour out one's troubles to sb
    in \Not [o Nöten] sein to be in difficulties [or dire straits]
    in seiner/ihrer \Not in his/her distress [or desperation]
    in seiner \Not wusste er sich nicht anders zu helfen he couldn't see what else he could do
    in höchster \Not in extremis
    Rettung in höchster \Not rescue in extremis
    Hilfe in höchster \Not help in the nick of time
    3. pl (Problem)
    die Nöte des Alltags humdrum problems, the problems of everyday living
    in Ängsten und Nöten schweben to be hot and bothered
    die Nöte des kleinen Mannes the average person's problems
    in tausend Nöten sein to be up to one's hips in alligators fam
    4. kein pl (Mühe, Sorge) difficulty, trouble
    sie hatten \Not, ihre sechs Kinder zu ernähren they had difficulty in feeding their six children
    seine liebe \Not haben mit jdm/etw to have one's work cut out with sb/sth, to have a lot of trouble [or problems] with sb/sth
    sie hat ihre liebe \Not mit ihrem Sohn she really has her work cut out with her son
    seine liebe \Not haben, etw zu tun to have one's work cut out doing sth
    mit knapper \Not just, by the skin of one's teeth
    mit knapper \Not hat sie den Zug noch erreicht she just managed to catch the train; s.a. Mühe
    5. kein pl (veraltend: Notwendigkeit) necessity
    damit hat es keine \Not there's no rush
    ohne \Not sollte man nicht zu so drastischen Maßnahmen greifen if there is no need, one shouldn't resort to such drastic measures
    im Deutschen werden oft ohne \Not Anglizismen für die Bezeichnung neuer Gegenstände verwendet in German, Anglicisms are often used for describing new articles when there is actually no need [to use foreign words]
    der \Not gehorchend out of necessity
    tun, was die \Not gebietet to do what has to be done
    etw nicht ohne \Not tun not to do sth without having to
    6.
    \Not bricht Eisen (prov) desperation gives you strength
    \Not macht erfinderisch (prov) necessity is the mother of invention prov
    in der \Not frisst der Teufel Fliegen (prov) beggars can't be choosers prov
    wenn die \Not am größten, ist Gottes Hilfe am nächsten (prov) man's extremity is God's opportunity prov
    [da/jetzt/bei ihm ist] Holland in \Not [o Nöten] (prov) things are looking grim, now we are in for it
    \Not kennt kein Gebot (prov) necessity knows no law
    \Not lehrt beten (prov) in our hour of need we all turn to God
    wenn \Not am Mann ist (fam) in times of need
    das sind mir gute Freunde, wenn \Not am Mann ist, haben sie sich alle verdünnisiert! that's what I call good friends — when I/you really needed them they all cleared off!
    eigentlich wollte ich morgen zum Angeln gehen, aber wenn wirklich \Not am Mann ist... actually, I wanted to go fishing tomorrow but if you're really stuck...
    in der \Not schmeckt jedes Brot (prov) hunger is the best cook prov
    in \Not und Tod zusammenhalten to stick together through thick and thin
    aus der \Not eine Tugend machen to make a virtue out of necessity
    zur \Not if need[s] be
    * * *
    die; Not, Nöte

    Rettung in od. aus höchster Not — rescue from extreme difficulties

    2) o. Pl. (Mangel, Armut) need; poverty [and hardship]

    Not leidensuffer poverty or want [and hardship]

    3) o. Pl. (Verzweiflung) anguish; distress
    4) (Sorge, Mühe) trouble

    seine [liebe] Not mit jemandem/etwas haben — have a lot of trouble or a lot of problems with somebody/something

    5) o. Pl. (veralt.): (Notwendigkeit) necessity

    zur Not — if need be; if necessary

    Not tun or sein — (geh., landsch.) be necessary

    * * *
    Not f; -, Nöte
    1. nur sg; (Mangel, Armut) want, need, poverty; (Notlage) plight; (Elend) auch misery;
    wirtschaftliche Not economic plight;
    Not leiden suffer want ( oder privation);
    in der Stunde der Not at the hour of need;
    für Zeiten der Not for a rainy day;
    in Not geraten/sein encounter hard times/be suffering want;
    keine Not kennen be well-off;
    Not macht erfinderisch necessity is the mother of invention;
    in der Not frisst der Teufel Fliegen umg any port in a storm, beggars can’t be choosers;
    Not kennt kein Gebot sprichw necessity knows no law;
    Not lehrt beten sprichw need teaches you how to pray
    2. (Schwierigkeit) difficulty, trouble; (Bedrängnis) distress; (Gefahr) danger;
    Nöte difficulties, problems;
    in tausend Nöten sein be in real trouble ( oder a real mess);
    in Not sein be in trouble;
    in Not geraten run into difficulties;
    in höchster Not in dire straits;
    aus höchster Not rescue from extreme difficulties;
    in meiner etc
    Not in my etc predicament
    3. nur sg (Mühe):
    seine liebe Not haben have a hard time (of it);
    mit jemandem/etwas seine liebe Not haben have a hard time with sb/s.th;
    ich hatte meine liebe Not, wieder ans Ufer zu schwimmen I had great difficulty in swimming back to the bank;
    ohne Not without any problem
    4. nur sg; (Notwendigkeit) necessity;
    damit hat es keine Not it’s not urgent;
    ohne Not solltest du das nicht tun you shouldn’t do that unless it’s really necessary;
    zur Not if necessary, if need be; (gerade noch) at (US in) a pinch; stärker: if (the) worst comes to (the) worst;
    wenn Not am Mann ist if need be; stärker: if (the) worst comes to (the) worst;
    hier ist Hilfe Not geh I etc need help here;
    aus der Not eine Tugend machen make a virtue of necessity;
    der Not gehorchend geh bowing to necessity; auch Mühe, knapp A
    * * *
    die; Not, Nöte
    1) (Bedrohung, Gefahr)

    Rettung in od. aus höchster Not — rescue from extreme difficulties

    2) o. Pl. (Mangel, Armut) need; poverty [and hardship]

    Not leidensuffer poverty or want [and hardship]

    3) o. Pl. (Verzweiflung) anguish; distress
    4) (Sorge, Mühe) trouble

    seine [liebe] Not mit jemandem/etwas haben — have a lot of trouble or a lot of problems with somebody/something

    5) o. Pl. (veralt.): (Notwendigkeit) necessity

    zur Not — if need be; if necessary

    Not tun or sein — (geh., landsch.) be necessary

    * * *
    ¨-e f.
    distress n.
    (§ pl.: distresses)
    hardship n.
    misery n.
    necessity n.
    need n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Not

  • 20 claro

    adj.
    1 obvious, apparent, clear, crisp.
    2 clear, bright, clear-cut, articulate.
    3 definite, distinct.
    intj.
    sure, sure enough, of course.
    m.
    1 clearing, glade, clear space, clear.
    2 gap.
    3 Claro.
    * * *
    1 (gen) clear
    2 (iluminado) bright, well-lit
    3 (color) light
    4 (salsa etc) thin; (café, chocolate, etc) weak
    5 (evidente) clear
    1 clearly
    1 (gen) gap, space; (de bosque) clearing
    2 (en el pelo) bald patch
    interjección ¡claro!
    1 of course!
    ¡claro que no puedes! of course you can't!
    \
    a las claras openly
    dejar algo claro to make something clear
    estar claro to be clear
    ¡lo llevas claro! / ¡lo tienes claro! familiar you've got it coming to you!
    más claro,-a que el agua familiar as clear as daylight
    poner en claro to make plain, clear up
    sacar en claro to get out
    claro de luna moonlight
    mente clara figurado clear mind
    ————————
    1 (gen) gap, space; (de bosque) clearing
    2 (en el pelo) bald patch
    * * *
    1. (f. - clara)
    adj.
    4) fair, light
    5) weak, thin
    2. adv.
    2) sure
    3. noun m.
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=no oscuro) [piel] fair; [color] light, pale

    un vestido verde claroa light o pale green dress

    2) (=evidente)
    a) [con sustantivos] [ejemplo, prueba, ventaja] clear; [inconveniente] obvious; [desastre] total, absolute

    España ganó por un claro 15-6 — Spain won a decisive 15-6 victory, Spain were clear winners by 15-6

    ... aseguró, en clara referencia a sus superiores —... he asserted, clearly referring o in an obvious reference to his superiors

    b) [con verbos]

    dejar algo claro — to make sth clear

    dejar las cosas claras o en claro — to get things clear, get things straight *

    estar claro — to be clear

    ¿está claro? — is that clear?

    estar claro que — to be clear that, be obvious that

    está claro que así no vamos a ninguna parteit's clear o obvious that we'll get nowhere like this

    quedar claro — to be clear

    si te lees la bibliografía, te quedará todo más claro — if you read the books on the reading list, it'll all be clearer to you o you'll have a better idea of things

    tener algo claro — to be sure of sth, be clear about sth

    ni siquiera tengo claro lo que me espera mañanaI'm not even sure o clear what's in store for me tomorrow

    no lo tengo nada claro — I'm not at all sure, I don't really know

    c)

    a las claras —

    las cuentas claras —

    llevarlo Esp o tenerlo claro iró

    sacar algo en claro (de algo) —

    solo hemos sacado en claro que no pretende dimitirall that we can safely o definitely say is that he has no intention of resigning

    lo único que la policía consiguió sacar en claro durante el interrogatorio — the only definite thing the police got from the interview

    ver algo claro —

    3) (=poco espeso) [té, café] weak; [caldo] thin
    4) (=luminoso) [día, mañana] bright; [habitación, casa] light, bright
    5) (=transparente) [agua] clear; [tejido] transparent
    6) (=nítido) [sonido, voz] clear; [imagen] sharp, clear
    7) (=escaso) [pelo] thin; [bosque] light, sparse
    8) (=preciso) [idea] clear

    una mente clara — (lit) a clear mind; (fig) a clear thinker

    9) (=sincero) frank
    2. ADV
    1) (=con precisión) [oír, ver, hablar] clearly
    2) (=sinceramente) frankly

    hablar claro — to speak frankly, be frank

    3) [tras invitaciones, peticiones] sure

    -¿puedo usar tu coche mañana? -¡claro! — "can I use your car tomorrow?" - "sure!"

    -¿queréis venir a cenar? -¡claro! — "would you like to come to dinner?" - "sure!"

    4) [uso enfático]

    ¡claro! por eso estaba ayer tan rara — of course! that's why she was acting so funny yesterday

    a menos que, claro está, él también la conozca — unless of course he knows her too

    -¿por qué no te disfrazas tú? -¡claro, para que os riáis de mí todos! — "why don't you dress up?" - "oh sure, so you can all laugh at me!"

    claro que, claro que nadie se imaginaba lo que vendría después — of course nobody could imagine what would happen afterwards

    ¡claro que no! — of course not!

    ¡claro que sí! — yes, of course!

    3. SM
    1) (Meteo) bright spell, sunny interval
    2) [de tiempo] lull
    3) (=espacio despejado) [entre personas] space; [entre árboles] clearing; [de pelo] bald patch
    4) [en un texto] gap, space; [en discurso] pause
    5) (Arquit) (=claraboya) skylight; (=abertura) window (opening)
    6) Caribe (Culin) guava jelly
    7) Caribe (=bebida) sugar-cane brandy
    * * *
    I
    - ra adjetivo
    1) ( luminoso) <cielo/habitación> bright
    2) ( pálido) <color/verde/azul> light, pale; < piel> fair

    tiene los ojos claros — she has blue/green/gray eyes

    3) <salsa/sopa> thin
    4) <agua/sonido> clear; <ideas/explicación/instrucciones> clear; <situación/postura> clear

    que quede bien claro que... — I want it to be quite clear that...

    ¿está claro? — is that clear?

    quiero dejar (en) claro que... — I want to make it very o quite clear that...

    a las claras: díselo a las claras tell her straight; llevarlo claro (Esp fam) to be in for a shock; sacar algo en claro de algo — to make sense of something

    5) ( evidente) clear, obvious

    está claro que... — it is clear o obvious that...

    a no ser, claro está, que esté mintiendo — unless, of course, he's lying

    II
    1) < ver> clearly

    voy a hablarte claroI'm not going to beat around o about the bush

    me lo dijo muy clarohe made it very o quite clear (to me)

    claro que no! — no, of course not!

    claro que sí! — of course, absolutely!

    b) ( como enlace) mind you

    nadie le creyó, claro no es de extrañar — nobody believed him. Mind you, it's not surprising

    claro, así cualquiera puede — well, of course anyone can do it like that

    díselo - claro, para que me regañe ¿no? — (iró) tell him - oh sure, and have him tell me off, right? (iro)

    III
    1) ( en bosque) clearing; (en el pelo, la barba) bald patch
    2) (Meteo) sunny spell o period o interval
    * * *
    = apparent, clear [clearer -comp., clearest -sup.], clear-cut, crisp [crisper -comp., crispest -sup.], definite, distinct, light, neat [neater -comp., neatest -sup.], plain [plainer -comp., plainest -sup.], straightforward, tidy, distinctive, designated, uncloudy, unclouded, unclouded, cloudless, forthright, uncompromising, unqualified, cut and dried [cut and dry], patent.
    Ex. Menu-based information retrieval system have found favour because of their apparent simplicity.
    Ex. In practice the distinction between one term and the next is not very clear.
    Ex. The hierarchical relationship is relatively clear-cut, and rather precise guideliness can be formulated to ensure that the BT/NT relationship is consistently applied.
    Ex. A crisp, even impression became the norm, along with the use of respectable paper and ink.
    Ex. I don't see that we are going to stand a chance unless there is something very definite coming out of this conference and similar conferences where these ideas are advanced.
    Ex. Against this proliferation of hosts there is a distinct awareness amongst users of the need for the rationalisation.
    Ex. To match the small amount of existing furniture which was reused, internal joinery and furniture is in a light coloured timber.
    Ex. What is possibly less easy is to making sure that the guiding stays clean, neat and accurate.
    Ex. To reiterate, there are two main categories of relationship: the syntactic relationships referred to in the last paragraph and plain, for example, in a topic such as 'sugar and health'.
    Ex. Even in this apparently straightforward situation, complications can arise.
    Ex. This was all very tidy, but who was to judge significance?.
    Ex. A patron may submit a beautifully legible request for a book with a distinctive author and title, accompanied by a reference to the journal article from which the citation was gleaned.
    Ex. It is tremendously valuable to library staff (particularly in libraries with a designated departmental structure) to maintain close professional ties with local academic departments.
    Ex. In that case, the peak of solar energy could be at an uncloudy moment in the morning or afternoon, even though the sun wasn't highest in the sky at that moment.
    Ex. As they grow up in those heady post-war years, in the blue unclouded weather of the late 1940s, these are the sisters you'll never forget.
    Ex. As they grow up in those heady post-war years, in the blue unclouded weather of the late 1940s, these are the sisters you'll never forget.
    Ex. This is the first cloudless image of the Earth from space.
    Ex. We have been told once, in clear and forthright terms, what it is that we need.
    Ex. What precipitated that furor was that Panizzi's volume represented a uncompromising rejection of the comfortable ideology of the finding catalog.
    Ex. Wing has not had the almost unqualified praise from the reviewers that Pollard and Redgrave received.
    Ex. One of them snipped Ben Kline's life short, and Marla's determined to get to the root of a case that's anything but cut and dried.
    Ex. It was patent that they could not compete on equal terms with the economic and social forces of a complex civilization.
    ----
    * cantarlas claras = call + a spade a spade.
    * con una meta clara = focused [focussed].
    * con un objetivo claro = focused [focussed].
    * cuestiones poco claras = grey area [gray area].
    * de forma clara = clearly.
    * dejar bien claro = make + it + crystal clear, make + Reflexivo + crystal clear.
    * dejar claro = make + it + clear, send + a clear signal that.
    * de manera clara = distinctly, clearly.
    * de modo claro = transparently.
    * en + Lengua + claro = in plain + Lengua.
    * en términos claros = in simple terms.
    * estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.
    * hablar claro = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * más claro el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más claro que el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * nada claro = unclear, uncleared.
    * no dar una impresión clara = send + mixed signals.
    * no está claro todavía = the jury is still out (on).
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * pasta de clara de huevo = glair.
    * poco claro = fuzzy [fuzzier - comp., fuzziest -sup.], indistinct, obscure, unclear, untidy, hazy, inconclusive, slurred, clouded, undistinguished, uncleared, indistinctive.
    * poner en claro = clear up.
    * ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.
    * sin una meta clara = unfocused [unfocussed].
    * sin un objetivo claro = non-purposive, unfocused [unfocussed].
    * tan claro como el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * violeta claro = periwinkle.
    * * *
    I
    - ra adjetivo
    1) ( luminoso) <cielo/habitación> bright
    2) ( pálido) <color/verde/azul> light, pale; < piel> fair

    tiene los ojos claros — she has blue/green/gray eyes

    3) <salsa/sopa> thin
    4) <agua/sonido> clear; <ideas/explicación/instrucciones> clear; <situación/postura> clear

    que quede bien claro que... — I want it to be quite clear that...

    ¿está claro? — is that clear?

    quiero dejar (en) claro que... — I want to make it very o quite clear that...

    a las claras: díselo a las claras tell her straight; llevarlo claro (Esp fam) to be in for a shock; sacar algo en claro de algo — to make sense of something

    5) ( evidente) clear, obvious

    está claro que... — it is clear o obvious that...

    a no ser, claro está, que esté mintiendo — unless, of course, he's lying

    II
    1) < ver> clearly

    voy a hablarte claroI'm not going to beat around o about the bush

    me lo dijo muy clarohe made it very o quite clear (to me)

    claro que no! — no, of course not!

    claro que sí! — of course, absolutely!

    b) ( como enlace) mind you

    nadie le creyó, claro no es de extrañar — nobody believed him. Mind you, it's not surprising

    claro, así cualquiera puede — well, of course anyone can do it like that

    díselo - claro, para que me regañe ¿no? — (iró) tell him - oh sure, and have him tell me off, right? (iro)

    III
    1) ( en bosque) clearing; (en el pelo, la barba) bald patch
    2) (Meteo) sunny spell o period o interval
    * * *
    = apparent, clear [clearer -comp., clearest -sup.], clear-cut, crisp [crisper -comp., crispest -sup.], definite, distinct, light, neat [neater -comp., neatest -sup.], plain [plainer -comp., plainest -sup.], straightforward, tidy, distinctive, designated, uncloudy, unclouded, unclouded, cloudless, forthright, uncompromising, unqualified, cut and dried [cut and dry], patent.

    Ex: Menu-based information retrieval system have found favour because of their apparent simplicity.

    Ex: In practice the distinction between one term and the next is not very clear.
    Ex: The hierarchical relationship is relatively clear-cut, and rather precise guideliness can be formulated to ensure that the BT/NT relationship is consistently applied.
    Ex: A crisp, even impression became the norm, along with the use of respectable paper and ink.
    Ex: I don't see that we are going to stand a chance unless there is something very definite coming out of this conference and similar conferences where these ideas are advanced.
    Ex: Against this proliferation of hosts there is a distinct awareness amongst users of the need for the rationalisation.
    Ex: To match the small amount of existing furniture which was reused, internal joinery and furniture is in a light coloured timber.
    Ex: What is possibly less easy is to making sure that the guiding stays clean, neat and accurate.
    Ex: To reiterate, there are two main categories of relationship: the syntactic relationships referred to in the last paragraph and plain, for example, in a topic such as 'sugar and health'.
    Ex: Even in this apparently straightforward situation, complications can arise.
    Ex: This was all very tidy, but who was to judge significance?.
    Ex: A patron may submit a beautifully legible request for a book with a distinctive author and title, accompanied by a reference to the journal article from which the citation was gleaned.
    Ex: It is tremendously valuable to library staff (particularly in libraries with a designated departmental structure) to maintain close professional ties with local academic departments.
    Ex: In that case, the peak of solar energy could be at an uncloudy moment in the morning or afternoon, even though the sun wasn't highest in the sky at that moment.
    Ex: As they grow up in those heady post-war years, in the blue unclouded weather of the late 1940s, these are the sisters you'll never forget.
    Ex: As they grow up in those heady post-war years, in the blue unclouded weather of the late 1940s, these are the sisters you'll never forget.
    Ex: This is the first cloudless image of the Earth from space.
    Ex: We have been told once, in clear and forthright terms, what it is that we need.
    Ex: What precipitated that furor was that Panizzi's volume represented a uncompromising rejection of the comfortable ideology of the finding catalog.
    Ex: Wing has not had the almost unqualified praise from the reviewers that Pollard and Redgrave received.
    Ex: One of them snipped Ben Kline's life short, and Marla's determined to get to the root of a case that's anything but cut and dried.
    Ex: It was patent that they could not compete on equal terms with the economic and social forces of a complex civilization.
    * cantarlas claras = call + a spade a spade.
    * con una meta clara = focused [focussed].
    * con un objetivo claro = focused [focussed].
    * cuestiones poco claras = grey area [gray area].
    * de forma clara = clearly.
    * dejar bien claro = make + it + crystal clear, make + Reflexivo + crystal clear.
    * dejar claro = make + it + clear, send + a clear signal that.
    * de manera clara = distinctly, clearly.
    * de modo claro = transparently.
    * en + Lengua + claro = in plain + Lengua.
    * en términos claros = in simple terms.
    * estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.
    * hablar claro = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * más claro el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más claro que el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * nada claro = unclear, uncleared.
    * no dar una impresión clara = send + mixed signals.
    * no está claro todavía = the jury is still out (on).
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * pasta de clara de huevo = glair.
    * poco claro = fuzzy [fuzzier - comp., fuzziest -sup.], indistinct, obscure, unclear, untidy, hazy, inconclusive, slurred, clouded, undistinguished, uncleared, indistinctive.
    * poner en claro = clear up.
    * ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.
    * sin una meta clara = unfocused [unfocussed].
    * sin un objetivo claro = non-purposive, unfocused [unfocussed].
    * tan claro como el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * violeta claro = periwinkle.

    * * *
    claro1 -ra
    A (luminoso) ‹cielo› bright; ‹habitación› bright, light
    el día amaneció claro the day dawned bright and clear
    B (pálido) ‹color/verde/azul› light, pale; ‹piel› fair, white
    tiene los ojos claros she has blue/green/gray eyes
    el típico sueco rubio y de ojos claros the typical blue-eyed, blond Swede
    C ‹salsa/sopa› thin; ‹café/té› weak
    D ‹agua/sonido› clear
    habló con voz clara she spoke in a clear voice
    E ‹ideas/explicación/instrucciones› clear; ‹situación/postura› clear
    consiguieron una clara ventaja they gained a clear advantage
    tiene muy claro lo que quiere en la vida she is very clear o sure about what she wants out of life, she knows exactly what she wants out of life
    que quede bien claro que … I want it to be quite clear that …
    lo harás como yo te diga, ¿está claro? you'll do it the way I say, is that clear o do I make myself clear?
    quiero dejar (en) claro que … or que quede bien (en) claro que … I want to make it very o quite clear that …, let it be very o quite clear that …
    a las claras: no me lo dijo a las claras she didn't tell me in so many words o straight out o ( AmE) right off
    no seas cobarde y díselo a las claras don't be a coward, tell her straight
    llevarlo claro ( Esp fam) (estar equivocado) to be in for a shock o a disappointment; (enfrentarse a algo difícil) to have one's work cut out ( colloq)
    pasar la noche en claro to lie o be awake all night
    sacar algo en claro de algo to make sense of sth
    ¿tú sacaste algo en claro de lo que dijo? did you manage to make any sense of what he said?
    F (evidente) clear, obvious
    hay pruebas claras de que miente there is clear evidence that he is lying
    está claro que ella es la culpable it is clear o obvious that she is the culprit, she is clearly o obviously the culprit
    … a no ser, claro está, que esté mintiendo … unless, of course, he's lying
    A ‹hablar/ver›
    voy a hablarte claro I'm not going to beat around o about the bush, I'm going to give it to you straight ( colloq)
    ahora lo veo claro I see it all clearly now, now I get it! ( colloq)
    me lo dijo muy claro he made it very o quite clear (to me)
    claro y raspado ( Ven fam); straight
    me lo dijo todo claro y raspado he told me straight, he didn't beat around o about the bush
    B ( indep)
    ¡claro que lo sabe! of course she knows!
    ¿te gustaría verlo? — ¡claro! would you like to see it? — yes, I'd love to o ( colloq) sure!
    ¿lo hizo? — ¡claro que no! did he do it? — no, of course not! o no, of course he didn't!
    2 (como enlace) mind you
    nadie le creyó, claro que conociéndolo no es de extrañar nobody believed him. Mind you, knowing him it's not surprising
    lo ayudó la madre — claro, así cualquiera his mother helped him — well, of course anyone can do it like that
    anda, díselo tú — claro, para que me eche a mí la bronca ¿no? ( iró); go on, you tell him — oh sure o oh fine o I see, so that way it's me he gets mad at, right? ( iro)
    A (en un bosque) clearing; (en el pelo, la barba) bald patch
    había algunos claros en las gradas there were a few empty spaces in the stand
    B ( Meteo) sunny spell o period o interval
    Compuesto:
    moonlight
    * * *

     

    claro 1
    ◊ -ra adjetivo

    a) ( luminoso) ‹cielo/habitación bright

    b) ( pálido) ‹color/verde/azul light, pale;

    piel fair;
    tiene los ojos claros she has blue/green/gray eyes

    c)salsa/sopa thin

    d)agua/sonido clear;

    ideas/explicación/instrucciones clear;
    situación/postura clear;

    ¿está claro? is that clear?;
    quiero dejar (en) claro que … I want to make it clear that …;
    sacar algo en claro de algo to make sense of sth

    está claro que … it is clear o obvious that …;

    a no ser, claro está, que esté mintiendo unless, of course, he's lying
    claro 2 adverbio
    1 ver clearly;
    voy a hablarte claro I'm not going to beat around o about the bush;

    me lo dijo muy claro he made it very quite clear (to me)
    2 ( indep) ( en exclamaciones de asentimiento) of course
    ■ sustantivo masculino

    (en pelo, barba) bald patch
    b) (Meteo) sunny spell o period

    claro,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (despejado, evidente) clear: tengo muy claro que no va a volver, I'm quite sure she won't come back
    un asunto poco claro, a shady deal
    2 (poco espeso) thin
    3 (color) light
    II sustantivo masculino
    1 (de un bosque) clearing
    2 (entre las nubes) break in the clouds
    3 claro de luna, moonlight
    III adverbio clearly: deberías hablar claro, you must speak clearly
    IV exclamación of course!
    ¡claro que puedo!, of course I can!
    ♦ Locuciones: a las claras, clearly
    dejar algo claro, to make something clear
    lo lleva claro si piensa que voy a tolerarlo, she can be quite sure that i?m not going to put up with it
    sacar algo en claro, to draw a conclusion: después de tanta discusión, no sacamos nada en claro, we were back to square one after hours of discussion
    ' claro' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    clara
    - escarceo
    - estar
    - hombre
    - nebulosa
    - nebuloso
    - nítida
    - nítido
    - notoria
    - notorio
    - patente
    - poca
    - poco
    - precisa
    - preciso
    - pues
    - rondar
    - sacar
    - salvaje
    - agua
    - celeste
    - color
    - constar
    - hablar
    - lavado
    - neto
    - oscuro
    - palpable
    - que
    - quedar
    - visto
    English:
    ale
    - apparent
    - articulate
    - break
    - broad
    - clean-cut
    - clear
    - clear-cut
    - clearing
    - confusing
    - crystal-clear
    - decided
    - distinct
    - enough
    - fuzzy
    - good
    - ice-blue
    - indistinct
    - let
    - light
    - lucid
    - mousy
    - mud
    - neat
    - obscure
    - outset
    - pale
    - plain
    - precise
    - sharp
    - speak out
    - spell out
    - straight
    - surely
    - tenuous
    - then
    - thin
    - transparently
    - unclear
    - unequivocal
    - why
    - blur
    - by
    - certainly
    - clearly
    - course
    - crystal
    - flash
    - increasingly
    - more
    * * *
    claro, -a
    adj
    1. [luminoso] bright;
    una habitación clara a bright o light room
    2. [color] light;
    verde claro light green
    3. [sonido] clear;
    hablaba con una voz clara she spoke in a clear voice
    4. [sin nubes] clear;
    un día/cielo claro a clear day/sky
    5. [diluido] [té, café] weak;
    [salsa, sopa] thin;
    no me gusta el chocolate claro I don't like my hot chocolate thin
    6. [poco tupido] thin, sparse
    7. [persona, explicación, ideas, libro] clear;
    hablaba con un lenguaje claro she spoke in clear terms;
    dejar algo claro to make sth clear;
    poner algo en claro to get sth clear, to clear sth up;
    que quede (bien) claro que no fue idea mía I want to make it (quite) clear that it wasn't my idea;
    sacar algo en claro (de) to make sth out (from);
    después de escuchar su explicación no saqué nada en claro after listening to her explanation, I was none the wiser;
    tengo claro que no puedo contar con él one thing I'm quite sure about is that I can't rely on him, one thing's for sure, I can't rely on him;
    verlo claro [estar seguro] to be sure;
    pasar una noche en claro to have a sleepless night;
    Esp Fam
    llevarlo o [m5]tenerlo claro: ¡lo lleva o [m5] tiene claro si piensa que le vamos a ayudar! if he thinks we're going to help him, he can think again!;
    si no vienen ellos, lo tenemos claro if they don't come, we've had it
    8. [obvio, evidente] clear;
    el resultado fue claro the result was clear;
    ¿está claro? is that clear?;
    está claro que van a ganar it's clear they're going to win;
    está claro que te quieren engañar it's obvious that they are trying to deceive you, they are obviously trying to deceive you;
    está claro o [m5]claro está que si no quieres, no estás obligado a participar of course o obviously, you're not obliged to participate if you don't want to;
    a no ser, claro, que tengas una idea mejor unless, of course, you have a better idea;
    está más claro que el agua it's perfectly o crystal clear;
    allí no vuelvo, eso está más claro que el agua I'm not going there again, that's for certain
    nm
    1. [en bosque] clearing;
    [en multitud] space, gap;
    vi un claro en la fila I saw a gap in the row
    2. [en cielo nublado] break in the clouds;
    se esperan nubes y claros it will be cloudy with some bright spells;
    en cuanto haya un claro salimos we'll go out as soon as it brightens up
    3. [calvicie, calva] bald patch
    4. [en pintura] highlight
    5. Arquit skylight
    6. claro de luna moonlight
    adv
    clearly;
    hablar claro to speak clearly;
    dilo claro, ¿te interesa o no? tell me straight, are you interested or not?;
    ¡claro! of course!;
    ¡claro que sí!, ¡pues claro! of course!;
    ¡claro que no! of course not!;
    ¡claro que me gusta! of course I like it!;
    Irónico
    ¿me ayudarás? – claro, no pensaba en otra cosa will you help me? – oh sure, I wouldn't dream of doing anything else;
    Irónico
    ve tú primero – claro, así si hay algún agujero me caigo yo you go first – oh great o thanks a lot, that way if there's a hole I'll be the one to fall into it;
    claro, con un jugador más ya se puede of course, with an extra player it's hardly surprising;
    la obra no tuvo éxito, claro que conociendo al director no me sorprende the play wasn't a success, but then again that's hardly surprising knowing the director
    a las claras loc adv
    clearly
    * * *
    I adj
    clear;
    poner en claro make clear;
    dejar claro make plain;
    quedar claro be clear;
    tener algo claro be sure o clear about sth;
    pasar la noche en claro lie awake all night, not sleep a wink;
    a las claras clearly
    2 color light
    3 ( luminoso) bright
    4 salsa thin
    II adv
    :
    hablar claro speak plainly;
    ¡claro! of course!;
    claro está of course
    III m
    1 METEO clear spell
    2 en bosque clearing
    * * *
    claro adv
    1) : clearly
    habla más claro: speak more clearly
    2) : of course, surely
    ¡claro!, ¡claro que sí!: absolutely!, of course!
    claro que entendió: of course she understood
    claro, -ra adj
    1) : bright, clear
    2) : pale, fair, light
    3) : clear, evident
    claro nm
    1) : clearing
    2)
    claro de luna : moonlight
    * * *
    claro1 adj
    1. (en general) clear
    2. (luminoso) bright
    3. (color) light
    claro2 adv clearly
    claro3 interj of course
    claro4 n (en meteorología) sunny interval

    Spanish-English dictionary > claro

См. также в других словарях:

  • Words (Unix) — words is a standard file on all Unix and Unix like operating systems, and is simply a newline delimited list of dictionary words. It is used, for instance, by spell checking programs.With Unix s text processing capabilities, one can use the words …   Wikipedia

  • many's the … — many s the… idiom (formal) used to show that sth happens often • Many s the time I heard her use those words. Main entry: ↑manyidiom …   Useful english dictionary

  • Many-worlds interpretation — The quantum mechanical Schrödinger s cat paradox according to the many worlds interpretation. In this interpretation every event is a branch point; the cat is both alive and dead, even before the box is opened, but the alive and dead cats are in… …   Wikipedia

  • Words of Institution — The Words of Institution are those used, inserted into a narrative of the Last Supper, in Christian Eucharistic liturgies to recall those used by Jesus on that occasion. Eucharistic scholars sometimes refer to them simply as the verba (Latin for… …   Wikipedia

  • many — [[t]me̱ni[/t]] ♦ 1) DET: DET pl n, oft with brd neg You use many to indicate that you are talking about a large number of people or things. I don t think many people would argue with that... Not many films are made in Finland... Do you keep many… …   English dictionary

  • Use of the circumflex in French — The circumflex (^) is one of the five diacritics used in the French language. It may be used atop the vowels a, e, i, o, and u.In French, the circumflex has three primary functions:*It affects the pronunciation of a , e , and o ; although used on …   Wikipedia

  • Words without vowels — In non rhotic English dialects, such as Received Pronunciation, every lexical word must contain at least one spoken vowel in its pronunciation. In rhotic dialects, such as General American, a word may contain no other vowel sounds if it instead… …   Wikipedia

  • many — man|y W1S1 [ˈmeni] determiner, pron, adj [: Old English; Origin: manig] 1.) a large number of people or things ≠ ↑few →↑more, most ↑most, much ↑much ▪ Many people have to use a car to travel to work. ▪ I don t have many friends. ▪ …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • Words with two pronunciations — ◊ different meanings Several words have different pronunciations when they are used with different meanings or in different ways. Some of these words are explained in other entries. See entries at ↑ lead, ↑ read, ↑ use used used to, ↑ wind, and ↑ …   Useful english dictionary

  • words with two pronunciations — ◊ different meanings Several words have different pronunciations when they are used with different meanings or in different ways. Some of these words are explained in other entries. See entries at ↑ lead, ↑ read, ↑ use used used to, ↑ wind, and ↑ …   Useful english dictionary

  • Words per minute — Words per minute, commonly abbreviated wpm, is a measure of input or output speed. For the purposes of WPM measurement a word is standardized to five characters or keystrokes.[1] For instance, I run counts as one word, but rhinoceros counts as… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»